Reclosers and Controls Reclosers and Controls Catalog Information Reclosers and Controls Catalog Technical Data Effective August 2014

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems catalog Reclosers and controls Reclosers and controls Catalog information Reclosers and controls catalog Technical Data Effective August 2014

Reclosers and controls catalog contents

Contents Description Page Smart single-phase automation and protection solutions (B280-13004)...... 3 General ratings information and catalog guide for single-phase and three-phase reclosers (280-05)...... 5 Types E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L, single-phase and 6H, V6H threephase reclosers (280-10)...... 21 Types D and DV single-phase hydraulically controlled recloser (280-20)...... 33 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X, three-phase hydraulically controlled reclosers (280-30)...... 41 Types VWE, VWVE37, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X, three-phase electronically controlled reclosers (280-40)...... 65 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, microprocessorcontrolled recloser (280-42)...... 81 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A; three-phase; air-insulated; electronically controlled recloser (280-45)...... 93 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser (280-57) ...... 105 MET electronic recloser control tester (280-76) ...... 121 SPEAR™ single-phase recloser system (280-101) ...... 123 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories (280-104)...... 143

www.cooperpower.com SPEAR™ Single-Phase Recloser System

Smart single-phase automation and protection solutions

With full system protection, Improve customer reliability Reduce maintenance costs Utilizing field-proven and lower total life-cycle costs recloser technology and the SPEAR recloser system SPEAR recloser technology is perfect for multiple grid The SPEAR recloser design is provides durable service and based on field-proven NOVA™ reliability: the industry leading applications, up to 38 kV. recloser technology. The • Solid Outdoor Cycloaliphatic ProView™ NXG encapsulated axial-magnetic Epoxy—no gas, oil, or foam to platform, the SPEAR™ vacuum interrupter, and a check and maintain, and no lightweight, solid cycloaliphatic- noxious by-products to dispose epoxy design make the SPEAR single-phase recloser recloser a durable and flexible • Vacuum Interruption with Axial- and control hosts a single-phase choice for Magnetic Field—extended demanding application contact and mechanical life complete set of requirements. • Magnetic-Actuator Operated protection, automation, Environmentally preferred Mechanism—low power mechanism provides reliable metering, and data Using Cooper Power Systems™ operation, year after year NOVA solid-insulation system, acquisition functionality SPEAR reclosers are designed and manufactured to be SF6 to maximize system gas-free and oil-free. NOVA solid performance and reduce insulation eliminates the need for insulating gas or liquid; customer outages. thereby, greatly reducing the recloser life-cycle maintenance costs, and reducing user’s environmental concerns. Reduce installation time The SPEAR recloser, with its compact size and narrow profile, simplifies pole installation which reduces total installation time. Operators can be confident with handle, indicator and control functions being similar in look and feel to decades of installed electronic reclosers from Cooper Power Systems.

B280-13004-1 Adding intelligent SPEAR single-phase Protection flexibility Data acquisition recloser control The two separate protection To prevent future outages and single-phase Cooper The new microprocessor-based profiles include: improve grid performance, Power Systems SPEAR SPEAR recloser control numerous data acquisition integrates real-time valuable grid • Overcurrent protection features are standard: reclosers and controls and outage data to be ported to including 54 standard time- current curves available • Data Profiler, user configurable to distribution lines can your SCADA or feeder with memory of 21 days for automation system. Complete • Time current curve modi- 10 analogs meet today's system with a separate regulated power fiers—including minimum supply, the control is response time adder • Event Recorder with a reliability needs and automation-ready for your choice 1000 event memory of radio. Also, tailor your digital • High-current trip and high- easily transition for communications performance current lockout sequence Receive real-time system data: with the user- configurable coordination future Smart Grid • Metering mapping of protocol DNP3. The • Cold load pickup applications. control can be easily configured • Sequence of events through the simple front panel • Hot-line tag • Data profiler display or with a laptop through • Fast trip disabled a USB port on the front panel. • Active control data • Reclose retry • Smart Grid ready • Recloser status Metering data • Improve customer reliability • Hot-line tag The SPEAR recloser control has • Lower total life-cycle costs • Non-reclosing instantaneous and demand • Easy operation metering with programmable • Alternate profile integration intervals for system • Greater application flexibility • loading and planning: Battery test voltage and current • Full metering • Demand power • Data acquisition • Demand current • Remote monitoring • Instantaneous current and • Simple, intuitive programming voltage • Common look and feel to • Energy and power factor other Cooper Power Systems controls • Frequency

• CBC-8000 capacitor control • Power metering

• F4D recloser control

• CL-7 regulator control

Table 1. SPEAR Ratings Voltage - kV Continuous - A Interrupting - kA BIL - kV 400 8 630 110 15 12.5 800 400 8 27 630 125 12.5 800 400 8 38 630 170 12.5 800

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, SPEAR, United States NOVA, and ProView are valuable trademarks CooperPower.com of Eaton in the U.S. and other countries. You are not permitted to use the © 2013 Eaton Eaton Trademarks without the prior written All Rights Reserved consent of Eaton. Printed in USA Publication No. B280-13004 All other trademarks are property August 2013 of their respective owners. B280-13004-1 Effective August 2013 Technical Data 280-05 Supersedes October 2012 General ratings information and catalog guide for single-phase and three-phase reclosers

Contents Description Page Description Page Description ...... 2 Interrupting medium: oil or vacuum ...... 5 Temporary faults...... 2 Oil interrupters...... 5 Recloser classifying features...... 2 Vacuum interrupters...... 5 Recloser: single-phase or three-phase ...... 2 Recloser application ...... 5 Single-phase reclosers...... 2 Application criteria ...... 5 Three-phase reclosers ...... 2 Coordination with other devices...... 6 Recloser ratings summary ...... 3 Dual timing...... 6 Single-phase tripping...... 4 Distribution circuit with reclosers diagram. . . .. 6 Three-phase tripping...... 4 Recloser operating sequence of fault. . . . . 7 Controls: hydraulic or electronic ...... 4 Ratings Tables Hydraulic controls...... 4 Ratings for single-phase, hydraulically controlled Electronic controls ...... 4 reclosers...... 7 Current sensing ...... 4 Ratings for single-phase, electronically controlled reclosers...... 9 Microprocessor-based controls ...... 4 Ratings for three-phase, hydraulically controlled reclosers...... 10 Ratings three-phase, electronically controlled reclosers...... 13

280-05-1 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Description Recloser: single-phase or three-phase Automatic circuit reclosers are recognized by electric utilities Both single- and three-phase reclosers are available to satisfy throughout the world as an essential device for achieving their application requirements . prime goal: providing maximum continuity of electric service to their customers simply and economically . Single-phase reclosers Reclosers sense and interrupt fault currents and automatically Single-phase reclosers, as shown in Figure 1 and 2, are used to restore service after momentary outage . protect single-phase lines such as branches or taps of a three-phase The automatic circuit recloser is essentially a self-contained device feeder . They can also be used on three-phase circuits where the load with the necessary intelligence to sense overcurrents to time and is predominantly single-phase . Thus, when a permanent phase-to- interrupt fault currents and to re-energize the line by reclosing ground fault occurs, one phase can be locked-out while service is automatically . If a fault is permanent, the recloser locks open after maintained to the remaining two-thirds of the system . a preset number of operations (usually three or four), isolating the faulted section from the main part of the system . Three-phase reclosers Two types of three-phase reclosers are available: Temporary faults • Single-Phase tripping Extensive studies of overhead distribution systems have established • Three-Phase tripping that approximately 80 to 95 percent of all system faults are temporary in nature and, at most, last from only a few cycles to a few seconds . Typical causes of these temporary faults are: • Windblown conductors touching one another . • Lightning surges flashing over an insulator . • Birds, reptiles, or small animals bridging between an energized line and a grounded surface . • Tree branches touching energized lines . • Switching surges that flash over an insulator . Based on statistics and observations, the need for a trip-and-reclose function was readily recognized; that is, if the line could be tripped open momentarily, a subsequent reclosure very likely would be successful because, by then, the cause of the fault would be gone . Thus, the automatic circuit recloser, in providing this trip-and-reclose function, virtually eliminates prolonged outages on distribution systems due to temporary faults or transient overcurrent conditions . Figure 2. SPEAR™ single-phase, electronically controlled Recloser classifying features recloser. Major classifying features of automatic circuit reclosers are: • Single-phase or three-phase • Control: hydraulic or electronic • Interrupters: oil or vacuum • Insulation: oil, air, or epoxy Table 1 contains a detailed listing of reclosers currently manufactured by Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems .

Figure 3. NOVA™ triple-single, electronically controlled recloser.

Figure 1. Type H single-phase, hydraulically controlled recloser.

280-05-2 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

Table 1. Recloser Ratings Summary (See Tables 2–5 for more detailed ratings data) Max. Cont. Interrupting Voltage Current Rating Rating Rating (sym A at Interrupting Recloser (kV) (A) max. voltage) Medium Control Type Single-Phase 50 1250 Oil Hydraulic H 100 2000* Oil Hydraulic 4H 200 2000* Vacuum Hydraulic V4H 280 4000* Oil Hydraulic L 2.4 - 14.4 280 6000 Vacuum Hydraulic V4L 560 10000* Oil Hydraulic D 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR15-8 630 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR15-12 800 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR15-12 100 2500 Oil Hydraulic E 280 4000 Oil Hydraulic 4E 280 6000 Vacuum Hydraulic V4E 24.9 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR27-8 630 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR27-12 800 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR27-12 560 8000 Oil Hydraulic DV 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR38-8 24.9 - 34.5 630 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR38-12 800 12500 Vacuum Electronic SPEAR38-12 Three-Phase 100 2000* Oil Hydraulic 6H 200 2000* Oil Hydraulic V6H 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-15-8 560 10000* Oil Hydraulic W 560** 10000* Oil Electronic WE 560 12000 Vacuum Hydraulic VW 560 12000 Vacuum Electronic PWE*** 560** 12000 Vacuum Electronic VWE 2.4 - 14.4 600 12000 Vacuum Electronic VSA12B 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA™ 15 800 12000 Vacuum Electronic VSA12 800 16000 Vacuum Electronic VSA16 800 20000 Vacuum Electronic VSA20 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-15-12 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA STS-15 1200 20000 Vacuum Electronic VSA20A 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-27-8 560 8000 Oil Hydraulic WV27 560** 8000 Oil Electronic WVE27 560 12000 Vacuum Hydraulic VWV27 24.9 560** 12000 Vacuum Electronic VWVE27 560 12000 Vacuum Electronic PWVE*** 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA 27 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-27-12 630** 12500† Vacuum Electronic NOVA STS-27 400 8000 Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-38-8 560 8000 Oil Hydraulic WV38X 560** 8000 Oil Electronic WVE38X 560 12000 Vacuum Hydraulic VWV38X 560** 12000 Vacuum Electronic VWVE38X 34.5 560** 12000 Vacuum Electronic VSO12 560** 16000 Vacuum Electronic VSO16 630** 12500 Vacuum Electronic NOVA 38 630** 12500 Vacuum Electronic NOVA-TS-38-12 630** 12500 Vacuum Electronic NOVA STS-38 * Interrupting rating will be higher at lower voltage as shown in expanded tables. ** Continuous current rating can be extended to 800 A with an accessory. *** For pad-mounted installation. † 16.0 kA option is also available.

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-3 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Figure 4. NOVA™ STS single-tank, triple-single electronically controlled recloser Single-phase tripping Figure 5. NOVA™ three-phase, Figure 6. Type VSA20A vacuum, electronically controlled three-phase, air-insulated, The triple-single reclosers, shown in Figures 3 and 4, have three recloser. electronically controlled modes of operation: recloser. • Three-phase trip and three-phase lockout . All three phases that is connected in series with the line . simultaneously trip on an overcurrent, reclose and sequence together . When the overcurrent flows through the coil, a plunger is drawn into the coil to trip open the recloser contacts . Timing and sequencing • Single-phase trip and three-phase lockout . Each phase operates are accomplished by pumping oil through separate hydraulic independently for overcurrent tripping and reclosing . If any phase chambers or ducts . sequences to lockout condition (due to permanent fault), or if “lockout” is locally or remotely asserted, the other two phases For smaller reclosers, the reclosing energy is provided by springs trip open and lock out . Thus, extended single-phase energization that are charged by the series trip-coil plunger during overcurrent of three-phase loads is prevented . operation . • Single-phase trip and single-phase lockout . Each individual phase Larger reclosers are closed from a separate closing solenoid that is trips and sequences to lockout independent of each other . This energized by line potential from the source side of the recloser . is primarily for residential loads and/or where single-phasing of three-phase loads is protected by other means . Electronic controls Another configurable option is also available to trip and lockout all Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems electronic recloser controls are used three phases in the event of a phase-to-phase or three-phase fault . in most three-phase reclosers and in the single-phase SPEAR recloser Should a phase-to-phase or three-phase fault be detected on the control . Compared with the hydraulic control, they are more flexible, system, all three reclosers will trip and lockout whenever any one more easily customized and programmed, and many have advanced phase sequences to lockout . Three-phase lockout occurs if a multiple protection, metering, and automation functionality . phase fault is present as the recloser advances to lockout . The electronic control is housed in a cabinet separate from the recloser and conveniently permits changes to operational settings . A Three-phase tripping wide range of accessories is available to customize the basic opera- There are various types of three-phase tripping reclosers available tion, solving many application problems . to improve system reliability . The recloser selection is based upon electrical ratings required, interrupting and insulation medium, and Current sensing the selection of hydraulic or electronic control . Line current is sensed by special sensing current transformers in the • Three-phase trip and three-phase lockout . Larger reclosers such recloser . The recloser and control are connected by a multi-conductor as the units shown in Figures 5 and 6, use this mode . For any control cable that carries sensing transformer secondary currents to fault—single-phase-to-ground, phase-to-phase, or three-phase—all the control and the necessary trip and close signals from the control contacts open simultaneously for each trip operation . The three to the recloser . phases, mechanically linked together for tripping and reclosing, are operated by a common mechanism . Microprocessor-based controls Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems offers numerous electronic controls Controls: hydraulic or electronic that can be used in conjunction with its broad line of electronically controlled reclosers . The intelligence that enables a recloser to sense overcurrents, select The Form 6 control, see Figures 7 and 8, provides maximum protective timing operation, time the tripping and reclosing functions, and hardware design and simple interactive graphical interfaces for finally lockout is provided by its control . There are two basic types of complete user customization . All standard control operating parameters, control schemes used: an integral hydraulic control or an electronic including minimum trip levels, time-current curve selection, and control located in a separate cabinet . sequences of recloser operation, are keyboard programmable . Hydraulic controls This control utilizes a powerful PC-based interface software to configure control settings, record metering information, and Hydraulic recloser control is used in most single-phase reclosers establish communication parameters . It also provides analysis and in three-phase recloser types 6H, V6H, W, VW, WV27, VWV27, tools that include fault locating, event recording, and oscillography WV38X, and VWV38X . It is built as an integral part of the recloser . functions . With this type of control, an overcurrent is sensed by a trip coil

280-05-4 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

Figure 7. Form 6-TS pole-mount recloser control (left). Form 6 pole-mount recloser control (right).

Figure 10. Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupter.

Vacuum interrupters Vacuum interrupters provide fast, low-energy arc interruption with long contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and maximum operating safety . With arc interruption taking place in a vacuum, contact and interrupter life far exceeds other interrupting media . Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters (Figure 10) are Figure 8. Form 6 rack-mount recloser control. designed with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength and long-term vacuum integrity . The high-alumina ceramic has more than five times the strength of glass, which permits a higher processing temperature to develop maximum purity of the assembly, and is impervious even to helium penetration to sustain the vacuum level . With over 40 years of experience, Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems is a world leader in the design and manufacture of vacuum interrupters for use in distribution switchgear . A state-of-the-art vacuum interrupter clean room manufacturing facility ensures the production of very high quality interrupters that provide long and trouble-free operating life . Depending on type, a vacuum recloser may use either oil, air, or epoxy as the insulating medium .

Recloser application Reclosers can be used anywhere on a distribution system where Figure 9. SPEAR recloser control. recloser ratings are adequate for system requirements . Locations for reclosers are: • In substations as the primary feeder protective device . • On distribution lines at a distance from a substation, to For more information on the Form 6 control, refer to Bulletin B280- sectionalize long feeders and thus prevent outages of the entire 08010 and for the SPEAR recloser control, refer to Bulletin B280- feeder when a permanent fault occurs near the end of the feeder . 13004 . • On important taps of main feeders to protect the main feeder from interruptions and outages due to faults on the taps . Interrupting medium: oil or vacuum Application criteria Reclosers use either oil or vacuum as the interrupting medium . Oil interrupters To properly apply automatic circuit reclosers, five major factors must be considered: Reclosers using oil for current interruption use the same oil for basic insulation . Most reclosers with hydraulic control (except the W-group 1 . System voltage . System voltage will be known . The recloser must reclosers) also use the same oil for timing and counting functions . have a voltage rating equal to—or greater than—system voltage .

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-5 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

2 . Maximum fault current available at the recloser location . farther down the line is selected to coordinate with it as shown in Maximum fault current will be known or can be calculated . The Figure 11 . recloser interrupting must be equal to—or greater than—the maximum available fault current at the recloser location . Dual timing 3 . Maximum load current . The recloser continuous current rating Automatic circuit reclosers have dual-timing capabilities; that is, must be equal to—or greater than—anticipated circuit load . For the first fault-current interruptions (one or more) are performed in series-coil-type reclosers, the coil size can be selected to match accordance with a fast or instantaneous timing characteristic (no the present load current, the anticipated future load current, or intentional time delay) and the remaining interruptions are performed the substation transformer capacity . Minimum-trip current is in accordance with a predetermined time delay . nominally twice the coil continuous-current rating . The first operations are as fast as possible in order to clear 4 . For electronically controlled reclosers, minimum-trip current must temporary faults before any line damage can occur . If the fault is be greater than any anticipated peak load . Generally, a trip-cur- permanent, the time-delay operation allows the down-line device— rent value of at least twice the expected load current is used . either another recloser or a fuse—to clear first .

5 . Minimum-fault current within the zone to be protected . Minimum Recloser-to-recloser coordination is achieved primarily by selecting fault current that might occur at the end of the line section must different coil sizes or trip values with further coordination possible be checked to confirm that the recloser will sense and interrupt by different time delays or sequences . To coordinate a recloser with this current . a downline fuse, the fuse link size should be selected to coordinate 6 . Coordination with other protective devices on both the source with the recloser fast and time-delay curves . and the load sides of the recloser . Figure 12 shows a typical recloser operating sequence-to-lockout for Coordination with other devices a permanent fault . A recloser operating on its fast curve should clear a temporary fault After the first four application factors have been satisfied, before the fuse link can be damaged . When on its time-delay curve, coordination of the recloser with both the source- and the load-side a recloser operation should be more delayed than the fuse-link devices must be determined . Proper selection of time delays and clearing time, allowing the fuse to clear permanent faults without sequences is vital to assure that any momentary interruption or tripping the recloser . longer-term outage due to faults is restricted to the smallest possible section of the system . Generally, recloser timing and sequences are selected to coordinate with the source-side devices . After the size and sequence of the required recloser has been determined, the protective equipment

SUBSTATION SINGLE-PHASE 1Ø LINES 3Ø A 3Ø HIGH-SIDE FUSE THREE-PHASE 3Ø LINES C D

A 3Ø 3Ø B TRANSFORMER 69 - 14.4 KV C D

RECLOSERS: A. 3Ø RECLOSER PROTECTING FEEDER 3Ø LEAVING SUBSTATION.* 1Ø B. 3Ø LINE RECLOSER FOR SECTIONALIZING LONG LINE.* 1Ø D C. 3Ø RECLOSER FOR TAP WITH LARGER LOAD.* D. 1Ø RECLOSER FOR SMALLER D 1Ø 1Ø TAP. *1Ø reclosers may be substituted if system considerations permit 1Ø lockout.

Figure 11. Typical line diagram of distribution circuit showing application of reclosers.

280-05-6 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

FAULT CURRENT FAST OPERATIONS TIME-DELAY OPERATIONS (CONTACTS CLOSED) (CONTACTS CLOSED)

LOAD CURRENT (CONTACTS CLOSED) RECLOSER LOCKOUT (CONTACTS OPEN)

FAULT INITIATED RECLOSING INTERVALS TIME (CONTACTS OPEN)

Figure 12. Recloser operating sequence when a permanent fault occurs.

Table 2. Single-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers

For Detailed Max. Cont. Trip-Coil Min. Trip Description and Recloser Nominal Current Interrupting Rating Rating Interrupting Rating Ordering Information Type Voltage (kV) BIL (kV) Rating (A) Medium (cont. A) (A) (rms sym A) See Catalog Section 2.4 kV thru 14.4 kV Recloser Mountings 5 10 125 10 20 250 15 30 375 H 24.4-14.4 95 50 Oil 280-10 280-10 25 50 625 35 70 875 50 100 1250 4.8 kV 8.32 kV 14.4 kV 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 4H 2 4-14. .4 110 100 Oil 280-10 280-10 35 70 1400 1400 1400 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 35 70 1400 1400 1400 V4H 2.4-14.4 110 200 Vacuum 280-10 280-10 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 140 280 3000 2500 2000 200 400 3000 2500 2000

* Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-7 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Table 2. Single-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers (continued)

For Detailed Description and Max. Cont. Ordering Information Nominal Current Trip-Coil Min. Trip See Catalog Section Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Rating Rating Interrupting Rating Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (cont. A) (A) (rms sym A) Recloser Mountings 4.8 kV 8.32 kV 14.4 kV 25 50 1500 1500 1500 35 70 2100 2100 2100 50 100 3000 3000 3000 70 140 4200 4200 4000 L 2.4 - 14.4 110 280 Oil 280-10 280-10 100 200 6000 5000 4000 140 280 6000 5000 4000 200 400 6000 5000 4000 280 560 6000 5000 4000 2.4 thru 14.4 kV 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 280-10 and V4L 2.4 - 14.4 110 280 Vacuum 100 200 6000 Bulletin 280-10 140 280 6000 89007 170 340 6000 200 400 6000 280 560 6000 4.8 kV 8.32 kV 14.4 kV 70X 100* 3000 3000 3000 100 200 6000 6000 6000 100X 140* 4200 4200 4200 140 280 8400 8400 8400 140X 200* 6000 6000 6000 160 320 9600 9600 9600 185 370 11100 10000 10000 D 2.4 -14.4 110 560 Oil 280-20 280-20 225 450 12000 10000 10000 280 560 12000 10000 10000 280X 400* 12000 10000 10000 400 800 12000 10000 10000 400X 560* 12000 10000 10000 560 1120 12000 10000 10000 560X 750* 12000 10000 10000 24.9 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 E 24.9 150 100 Oil 280-10 280-10 35 70 2100 50 100 2500 70 140 2500 100 200 2500 50 100 3000 70 140 4000 100 200 4000 4E 24.9 150 280 Oil 140 280 4000 280-10 280-10 170 340 4000 200 400 4000 280 560 4000

* Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

280-05-8 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

Table 2. Single-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers (continued)

Table 3. Single-Phase, Electronically Controlled Reclosers

For Detailed Description and Ordering Information Max. Cont. See Catalog Section Nominal Current Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Interrupting Rating Electronic Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (rms sym A) Recloser Control Mountings 2.4 thru 14.4 kV SPEAR15-8 400 8000 SPEAR15-12 2.44-14.4 110* 630 Vacuum 12500 280-101 280-101 S280-101-1 SPEAR15-12 800 12500 24.9 kV SPEAR27-8 400 8000 SPEAR27-12 24.9 125** 630 Vacuum 12500 280-101 280-101 S280-101-1 SPEAR27-12 800 12500 34.5 kV SPEAR38-8 400 8000 SPEAR38-12 34.5 170 630 Vacuum 12500 280-101 280-101 S280-101-1 SPEAR38-12 800 12500 * 125 kV BIL accessory option available ** 150 kV BIL accessory option available

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-9 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Table 4. Three-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers

For Detailed Description and Max. Cont. Ordering Information Nominal Current Trip-Coil Min. Trip See Catalog Section Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Rating Rating Interrupting Rating Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (cont. A) (A) (rms sym A) Recloser Mountings 4.8 kV 8.32 kV 14.4 kV 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 6H* 2.4-14.4 110 100 Oil 280-10 S280-85-1 35 70 1400 1400 1400 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 35 70 1400 1400 1400 V6H* 2.4-14.4 110 200 Vacuum 280-10 S280-85-11 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 140 280 3000 2500 2000 200 400 3000 2500 2000 5 10 300 300 300 10 20 600 600 600 15 30 900 900 900 25 50 1500 1500 1500 35 70 2100 2100 2100 50 100 3000 3000 3000 70 140 4200 4200 4200 70X 100** 3000 3000 3000 100 200 6000 6000 6000 100X 140** 4200 4200 4200 140 280 8400 8400 8400 140X 200** 6000 6000 6000 W 2.4-14.4 110 560 Oil 160 320 9600 9600 9600 S280-85-1 280-30 S280-85-2 160X 225** 6750 6750 6750 185 370 11100 10000 10000 185X 260** 7800 7800 7800 200 400 12000 10000 10000 225 450 12000 10000 10000 225X 315** 9450 9450 9450 280 560 12000 10000 10000 280X 400** 12000 10000 10000 400 800 12000 10000 10000 400X 560** 12000 10000 10000 560 1120 12000 10000 10000 560X 750** 12000 10000 10000 * Phases trip individually on overcurrent, but trip and lock out all three phases at the final step in sequence. Other reclosers operate all three phases simultaneously under all conditions. ** Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

280-05-10 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

Table 4. Three-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers (continued)

For Detailed Description and Max. Cont. Ordering Information Nominal Current Trip-Coil Min. Trip See Catalog Section Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Rating Rating Interrupting Rating Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (cont. A) (A) (rms sym A) Recloser Mountings 14.4 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 70X 100** 3000 100 200 6000 100X 140** 4200 140 280 8400 140X 200** 6000 VW 2.4-14.4 110 560 Vacuum S280-85-1 160 320 9600 280-30 S280-85-2 160X 225** 6750 185 370 11100 185X 260** 7800 200 400 12000 225 450 12000 225X 315** 9450 280 560 12000 280X 400** 12000 400 800 12000 400X 560** 12000 560 1120 12000 560X 750** 12000 24.9 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 70X 100** 3000 100 200 6000 100X 140** 4200 140 280 8000 140X 200** 6000 S280-85-1 VW27 24.9 150 560 Oil 280-30 160 320 8000 S280-85-2 160X 225** 6750 185 370 8000 185X 260** 7800 225 450 8000 225X 315** 8000 280 560 8000 280X 400** 8000 400 800 8000 400X 560** 8000 560 1120 8000 560X 750** 8000 * Phases trip individually on overcurrent, but trip and lock out all three phases at the final step in sequence. Other reclosers operate all three phases simultaneously under all conditions. ** Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-11 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Table 4. Three-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers (continued)

For Detailed Description and Max. Cont. Ordering Information Nominal Current Trip-Coil Min. Trip See Catalog Section Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Rating Rating Interrupting Rating Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (cont. A) (A) (rms sym A) Recloser Mountings 24.9 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 70X 100** 3000 100 200 6000 100X 140** 4200 140 280 8400 140X 200** 6000 160 320 9600 S280-85-1 VWV27 24.9 125 560 Vacuum 280-30 S280-85-2 160X 225** 6750 185 370 11100 185X 260** 7800 200 400 12000 225 450 12000 225X 315** 9450 280 560 12000 280X 400** 12000 400 800 12000 400X 560** 12000 560 1120 12000 560X 750** 12000 34.5 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 70X 100** 3000 100 200 6000 100X 140** 4200 140 280 8400 140X 200** 6000 160 320 9600 S280-85-1 VWV38X 34.5 150 560 Vacuum 280-30 S280-85-2 160X 225** 6750 185 370 11100 185X 260** 7800 200 400 12000 225 450 12000 225X 315** 9450 280 560 12000 280X 400** 12000 400 800 12000 400X 560** 12000 560 1120 12000 560X 750** 12000 * Phases trip individually on overcurrent, but trip and lock out all three phases at the final step in sequence. Other reclosers operate all three phases simultaneously under all conditions. ** Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

280-05-12 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

Table 4. Three-Phase, Hydraulically Controlled Reclosers (continued)

* Phases trip individually on overcurrent, but trip and lock out all three phases at the final step in sequence. Other reclosers operate all three phases simultaneously under all conditions. ** Trip rating is 140% of X coil ratings, all others are 200%.

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-13 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings and catalog guide for single-and Effective August 2013 three-phase reclosers

Table 5. Three-Phase, Electronically Controlled Reclosers

For Detailed Description Max. and Ordering Information Cont. See Catalog Section Nominal Current Recloser Voltage BIL Rating Interrupting Interrupting Rating Electronic Type (kV) (kV) (A) Medium (rms sym A) Reclosers Control Mountings 4.8 kV 8.32 kV 14.4 kV Bulletin S280-85-1 WE 2.4 - 14.4 110 560** Oil 12000 10000 10000 280-40 B280-08010 S280-85-2 2.4 thru 14.4 kV Bulletin Not PWE* 2.4 - 14.4 95 560 Vacuum 12000 285-71 B280-08010 Applicable Bulletin S280-85-1 VWE 2.4 - 14.4 110 560** Vacuum 12000 280-40 B280-08010 S280-85-2 Bulletin VSA12B 2.4 - 14.4 110 600 Vacuum 12000 280-45 B280-08010 280-45 Bulletin VSA12 2.4 - 14.4 110 800 Vacuum 12000 280-45 B280-08010 280-45 Bulletin VSA16 2.4 - 14.4 110 800 Vacuum 16000 280-45 B280-08010 280-45 Bulletin VSA20 2.4 - 14.4 110 800 Vacuum 20000 280-45 B280-08010 280-45 Bulletin VSA20A 2.4 - 14.4 110 1200 Vacuum 20000 280-45 B280-08010 280-45 Bulletin NOVA-TS-15-8 2.4 - 14.4 110 400 Vacuum 8000 S280-42-2 B280-08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin S280-85-16 NOVA15 2.4 - 14.4 110 630** Vacuum 12500*** 280-42 B280-08010 S280-85-17 Bulletin NOVA-TS-15-12 2.4 - 14.4 110 630** Vacuum 12500*** S280-42-2 B280-08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin NOVA STS-15 2.4 - 14.4 110 630** Vacuum 12500*** S280-44-1 B280-08012 S280-44-1 24.9 kV Bulletin B280- NOVA-TS-27-8 24.9 125 400 Vacuum 8000 S280-42-2 08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin B280- S280-85-16 NOVA 27 24.9 125 630** Vacuum 12500*** 280-42 08010 S280-85-17 Bulletin B280- Not PWVE* 24.9 125 560 Vacuum 12000 285-71 08010 Applicable Bulletin B280- S280-85-1 WVE27 24.9 150 560** Oil 8000 280-40 08010 S280-85-2 Bulletin B280- S280-85-1 VWVE27 24.9 125 560** Vacuum 12000 280-40 08010 S280-85-2 Bulletin B280- NOVA-TS-27-12 24.9 125 630** Vacuum 12500*** S280-42-2 08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin B280- NOVA STS-27 24.9 125 630** Vacuum 12500*** S280-44-1 08012 S280-44-1 34.5 kV Bulletin B280- NOVA-TS-38-8 34.5 170 400 Vacuum 8000 S280-42-2 08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin B280- S280-85-1 WVE38X 34.5 170 560** Oil 8000 280-40 08010 S280-85-2 Bulletin B280- S280-85-1 VWVE38X 34.5 150 560** Vacuum 12000 280-40 08010 S280-85-2 Bulletin B280- VSO12 34.5 150 560** Vacuum 12000 280-57 08010 280-57 Bulletin B280- VSO16 34.5 150 560** Vacuum 16000 280-57 08010 280-57 Bulletin B280- S280-85-16 NOVA38 34.5 170 630** Vacuum 12500 280-42 08010 S280-85-17 Bulletin B280- NOVA-TS-38-12 34.5 170 630** Vacuum 12500 S280-42-2 08012 S280-42-2 Bulletin B280- NOVA STS-38 34.5 170 630** Vacuum 12500 S280-44-1 08012 S280-44-1

* For pad-mounted installation. ** Continuous current rating can be extended to 800 A with an accessory. *** 16.0 kA option is also available.

280-05-14 www.cooperpower.com General ratings information and catalog guide for single-and Technical Data 280-05 three-phase reclosers Effective August 2013

www.cooperpower.com 280-05-15 Technical Data 280-05 General ratings information and catalog guide for single- Effective August 2013 and three-phase reclosers

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Cooperpower.com

© 2013 Eaton Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, SPEAR, and All Rights Reserved NOVA are trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and Printed in USA other countries. You are not permitted to use Publication No. 280-05 these trademarks without the prior written con- August 2013 sent of Eaton.

280-05-16 Effective May 2014 Technical Data 280-10 Supersedes June 1999 Types E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L, single-phase and 6H, V6H three- phase reclosers

Description Types E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, and V4L single- phase reclosers and Types 6H and V6H three- phase reclosers provide reliable, self-contained distribution-circuit overcurrent protection at low initial cost, and require minimal service. Because most line faults are temporary in nature, they will clear after only momentary circuit interruption; therefore, permanent outages usually are prevented. Automatic circuit reclosers both improve customer service and reduce operating costs. A summary of all available reclosers – ratings, basic characteristics, and applications – is included in Catalog 280-05, General Ratings Information and Catalog Guide for Single-Phase and Three-Phase Reclosers.

Type L Basic ratings and characteristic features Reclosers in the E, H, and L groups include most of the single-phase reclosers produced by Eaton's Cooper Power Systems. The three-phase reclosers – Types 6H and V6H – are included in here because they adapt three single-phase interrupting structures with a common lockout mechanism. In operation, these reclosers sense line current in each phase individually and trip individually; however, if one phase sequences to lockout, all phases lock out. Reclosers can be installed on poles or in substations to protect lines requiring the ratings shown in Table 1. Both single-phase and three-phase reclosers are hydraulically controlled. Tripping is initiated by a series-connected coil. Current-carrying and interrupting capacities vary with the operating coil’s rating, which is selected to meet circuit requirements. A choice of dual time-current characteristics permits coordination with other Type 6H protective devices. A non-reclosing feature (Figure 1), standard on all Eaton's Cooper Power Systems reclosers, is set with a hookstick-operated lever for one operation to lockout without removing the recloser from service. Two types of interrupters are available:

1. In Types E, 4E, 4H, L, and 6H reclosers, current interruption takes place in oil. 2. Types V4H, V4L, V4E, and V6H reclosers are equipped with vacuum interrupters. A major advantage of vacuum interrupters is reduced maintenance frequency.

280-10-1 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Application Both single- and three-phase H-group and L-group reclosers are designed, tested, and rated for operation on 14.4 kV three-phase systems where the line-to-ground voltage is 8.32 kV. Bushing insulation strength and other line-to-ground insulation is designed for this 8.32 kV stress. The standard recloser (110 kV BIL) is not suitable for operation on single-phase taps of 14.4/24.9 kV systems. Operation on these higher voltage systems will stress the insulation at the 14.4 kV level, resulting in excessive radio influence voltage and deterioration of the insulation. Types E, 4E, and V4E reclosers can be used for operation on single- phase taps of a 20/34.5 kV system where the 150 kV BIL rating is satisfactory. The bushings and other line-to-ground insulation are adequate for the 20 kV line-to-ground voltage stress. Since the interrupting capability is 24.9 kV, application on this system is limited to single-phase taps only. Operation on the three-phase line can result in a single recloser attempting to interrupt the full 34.5 kV voltage, which is in excess of its rating. Surge protection Reclosers operate best when protected with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is recommended on both sides of the recloser. If protection is to be provided on one side only, install the arrester on the source side. In substations, arresters are located on the load-side. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems distribution- class arresters provide excellent protection; see Catalog 235-99, UltraSIL™ Polymer-Housed Evolution™ Surge Arrester or Catalog Figure 1. The non-reclosing feature is set with a handle under 235-35, UltraSIL Polymer-Housed VariSTAR™ Surge Arrester for the sleet hood (see arrow). When the handle Is down (top), the more information. recloser will trip on overcurrent and lock out without reclosing. When the handle is up (bottom), the recloser will operate Ordering information according to its internally set program. To order an E-, H-, or L-group recloser: Constructing a catalog number 1. Use the chart below to construct a cata!og number that describes the required recloser. To order a basic Type 4H recloser with a l00-amp coil, time-current Curve B, and two fast and two retarded operations to lockout, the 2. From Tables 2 through 13, specify the catalog number that catalog number would be constructed as shown on following page. describe the required recloser accessories and mounting equipment.

Table 1. Basic Ratings Max Continuous Nominal Voltage Current Max Interrupting Current Type (kV) (amps) (symmetrical amps) Single-Phase @ 2.4—4.8 kV @ 4.8—8.32 kV @ 8.32—14.4 kV @ 24.9 kV H 2.4—14.4 50 1250 1250 1250 — 4H 2.4—14.4 100 3000 2500 2000 — V4H 2.4—14.4 200 3000 2500 2000 — L 2.4—14.4 280 6000 5000 4000 — V4L 2.4—14.4 280 6000 6000 6000 — E 24.9 100 — — — 2500 4E 24.9 280 — — — 4000 V4E 24.9 280 — — — 6000 Three-Phase 6H 2.4—14.4 100 3000 2500 2000 — V6H 2.4—14.4 200 3000 2500 2000 —

280-10-2 www.cooperpower.com Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Technical Data 280-10 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers Effective May 2014

KH Basic letters for H-group reclosers; Accessories E-group reclosers: KE L-group reclosers: KL E-, H-, and L-group reclosers can be supplemented with factory- or field- 4 Recloser type: installed accessories. Select the Omit for Types E or L; accessories and mounting equipment 1 for Type H; required from Tables 2 through 13. 4 for Type 4H or 4E; V4 for Type V4H, V4E, or V4L; 1. Shunt lockout mechanism (Types E, 6 for Type 6H; 6H, and V6H only) enables remote V6 for Type V6H. electrical trip and lockout. 100 Continuous current rating of series-trip coil: 2. Lockout-indicating switch (all types) Type E : 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50,70, or l00 amps; provides remote indication of recloser Type 4E: 50, 70, 100, 140, 200, or 280 amps; lockout. Type V4E : 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200, or 280 amps; 3. Bushings with 17-in. creepage Type H : 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, or 50 amps; distance (all H-group and L-group) Type 4H : 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50, 70,100,140, or 200 amps; increase creepage distance from Type 6H : 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, or 100 amps; standard bushing distances of 10-3/8 Type V6H: 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, or 200 amps; in. for H; 10-7/8 in. for 4H, V4H, 6H, Type L : 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200, or 280 amps; V6H; 11-3/4 in. for L and V4L. 4. Bushings with 26-1/2-in. creepage Delayed time-current curve: B distances (Types E, 4E, and V4E) Types H, 4H, V4H, 6H, or V6H: B or C; increase creepage distance from Types E, 4E, V4E, or L: B, C, or D. standard bushing distances of 13-5/8 If all fast operations are required, insert letter A. in. for E and 17 in. for 4E and V4E. Fast + 2 Number of fast A-curve operations: 5. Slip-on, multi-ratio bushing-current delayed 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. transformer kit for field installation operations 2 Number of delayed operations: (all types) is easily installed at low not to cost and is convenient for metering. 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. } exceed 4. Taps are available for 100, 150, 200, KH 4 100 B 2 2 250, 300, and 450:5 amp ratio; 5% accuracy. KH4100B22 is the catalog number for the required Basic Type 4H recloser.

Accessories Types E, 4E, V4E, L, and V4L (Single-Phase) Reclosers

Table 2. Shunt Lockout and Lockout Indication; Factory Installed Description Type E Type 4E Type V4E Type L Type V4L Shunt-lockout mechanism* KA193E — KA193E — KA193E Lockout-indicating switch.. KA194E** KA86L2 KA86L2 KA86L1 KA86L2

* Specify operating voltage: 120 or 240 Vac ** Includes shunt-lockout mechanism.

Table 3. Bushings; Factory-Installed Description Type E Type 4E Type V4E Type L Type V4L 17-in.-creepage bushings.. — — — KA126L KA121V4L 261¼2-in.-creepage bushings KA188E KA149E4-1 KA149E4-1 — —

Table 4. Hardware; Factory-Installed Description Type E Type 4E Type V4E Type L Type V4L Two-bolt flat pad connectors; set of two — — — — KA146L1

Table 5. Bushing Current Transformer for Field Installation Description Type E Type 4E Type V4E Type L Type V4L Slip-on bushing current transformer kit; one BCT per kit.. KA712L1 KA712L1 KA712L1 KA712L1 KA712L1

Table 6. Mounting Equipment Description Type E Type 4E Type V4E Type L Type V4L Crossarm mounting hanger; two required for each recloser KA39H KA39H KA39H KA39H KA39H

www.cooperpower.com 280-10-3 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Accessories Types H, 4H, and V4H (Single-Phase) Reclosers

Table 7. Lockout Indication; Factory-Installed Description Type H Type 4H Type V4H Lockout-indicating switch KA161H KA161H KA161H

Table 8. Bushings; Factory-Installed Description Type H Type 4H Type V4H 17-in.-creepage bushing KA193H KA60H4 KA51V4H

Table 9. Mounting Equipment Description Type H Type 4H Type V4H Crossarm mounting hanger KA39H* KA39H** KA39H**

* One required. ** Two required.

Type 6H, V6H (Three-Phase) Reclosers

Table 10. Lockout and Lockout Indication; Factory-Installed Description Type 6H Type V6H Lockout-indicating switch KA96H3-2 KA96H3-2 Shunt-lockout mechanism* KA1HS6 KA1HS6 Ground-fault lockout** KA123H3-2 KA123H3-2

* Specify operating voltage 120 or 240 Vac; 12, 18, 20, 24, 36, 48, or 125 Vdc. ** Specify minimum-trlp current (5, 10, 20, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, or 200 amps) and time delay (3,.5, 7, 9, or 11 seconds)

Table 11. Bushings; Factory-Installed Description Type 6H Type V6H 17-in.-creepage bushings KA31H6 KA51V6H

Table 12. Bushing Current Transformer for Field Installation Description Type 6H Type V6H Slip-on bushing current transformer kit; one BCT per kit KA712L1 KA712L1

Table 13. Mounting Equipment Description Type 6H Type V6H Double crossarm bracket or substation hanger KA19H3 KA19H3 Substation mounting frame KA46H6 KA46H6 In-line broadside pole-mounting hanger KA116H3 KA116H3 Surge arrester mounting bracket KA126H3 KA126H3 Tank-lifting windlass for substation mounting frame KA584R2 KA584R2

280-10-4 www.cooperpower.com Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Technical Data 280-10 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers Effective May 2014

Features and detailed description mechanical and dielectric strength and moisture resistance. Construction features With the exception of Types V4E, V4H, V4L, and V6H, all reclosers described here have oil interrupters; Types V4E, V4H, V4L, and V6H Basic features are equipped with vacuum interrupters. Kits are available for field conversion of 4H and 6H reclosers from oil to vacuum interruption. E-, H-, and L-group reclosers are designed for long service life with Type L reclosers cannot be converted from oil to vacuum minimum maintenance. Figure 2 describes the parts of the single- interruption. phase reclosers. Mechanisms have been thoroughly field-proven through many years Heads are aluminum castings. Heavy-gage steel tanks are of service. They are designed and built in accordance with ANSI® finished with an inhibiting epoxy prime coat and finish-coated with Standard C37.60. thermosetting acrylic paint. Finish color is light gray. Munsell 5BG 7.0/0.4. For more detailed information on construction of H-group reclosers, ask for Reference Data R280-10-1; for E-group and Type L reclosers, A Buna-N o-ring gasket assures an oil-tight seal between head specify R280-10-2. and tank. The gasket is confined in a groove, providing controlled compression. Insulating supports connect the hydraulic mechanism to the head. Made of filament-wound glass epoxy, these supports provide high

UNIVERSAL CLAMP TYPE LIFTING STRAP TERMINALS Facilitates hoisting Accept copper or aluminum during installation and conductors horizontally or maintenance. vertically.

COVER-CLAMPED BUSHINGS OPERATIONS COUNTER Wet-process porcelain; can Records all recloser trip be field replaced. operations; large, easy-to- read figures.

SLEET HOOD Houses manual operating NAMEPLATES handle, non-reclosing lever, Show complete recloser and operations counter. data. NON-RECLOSING O-RING GASKET HANDLE Forms positive moisture- Under sleet hood; proof seal between head switchstick operable; when casting and tank. pulled down, sets recloser to lockout after one operation. HYDRAULIC PUMP AND LOCKOUT PISTON MANUAL OPERATING Counts operations; resets HANDLE operating program. Provides indication of locked-out recloser; permits INSULATING SUPPORTS manual opening and closing. Epoxy-fiberglass; provide mechanical and dielectric BYPASS GAP strength to support hydraulic Protects series-trip coil from and interrupting lightning surges. mechanisms. SERIES TRIP-SOLENOID INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY Trips recloser when current Provides fast arc extinction. greater than minimum-trip value flows.

MOVING CONTACTS ARC SHIELD Provide double-break Protects operating coil from interruption; have long-life, contact arcing and resultant copper-tungsten alloy tips. gases.

Figure 2. Untanked view of typical single-phase recloser (Type L shown).

www.cooperpower.com 280-10-5 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Interrupter and contact construction Non-reclosing operation Oil interrupter All E-, H-, and L-group reclosers are equipped with a non-reclosing feature. Simply by moving an externally operable handle with a Contacts – silverplated copper-tungsten alloy to resist arc erosion – hookstick, the recloser can be set for one operation to lockout. are arranged to give two breaks in series. Different interrupter and The non-reclosing feature is a valuable tool when hot-line work is contact configurations are employed in the various recloser types necessary. Should an overcurrent occur while the non-reclosing but all oil interrupters are designed to provide fast arc extinction feature is activated, the recloser will trip according to the first time/ and self-cleaning of the contacts through a wiping action. Type H current curve programmed in its operating sequence and then reclosers feature a wiping contact design; Types 4H, 6H, E, 4E, and lock out. When the feature is deactivated, the recloser will operate L employ a bayonet contact design. normally according to the internally programmed sequence. Vacuum interrupter Series-trip solenoid Arc interruption in Types V4H, V4L, V4E, and V6H reclosers is fast Fault-current sensing is provided by a series-connected solenoid coil – arcing time is generally less than 1/2 cycle. Arc energy is low, that carries line current. When a fault occurs, tripping is initiated by minimizing mechanical stress. Also, contact erosion is substantially the solenoid plunger. reduced, contributing to long service life without contact maintenance. The plunger, normally held at rest by the closing springs, is drawn into the coil by the magnetic force generated by the fault current. Unaffected by ambient temperature, contaminants, humidity, or Downward travel of the plunger overtoggles springs in the contact altitude, vacuum interruption provides maximum reliability. Because assembly that open the recloser contacts. The same motion charges there are no arcing by-products to contaminate the insulating oil, the closing springs in preparation for a reclosing operation. inspections are fewer and maintenance costs are lower. When the circuit is opened, the solenoid coil is deenergized, The vacuum interrupter is fully interchangeable with the oil allowing the closing springs to close the contacts and interrupter used in Type 4H and 6H reclosers. A replacement simultaneously return the plunger to its original position. assembly is available for quick field installation.

Figure 3. Untanked view of typical three-phase recloser (Type 6H shown).

Basic operation Eaton's Cooper Power Systems E-, H-, and L-group reclosers are series-trip-solenoid-operated and hydraulically controlled. Series tripping provides simple and reliable operation since the tripping energy is taken directly from the fault itself. During tripping, the mechanism stores energy for reclosing. Hydraulic control permits accurate coordination with other protective equipment. The two three-phase reclosers in the H group – Types 6H and V6H – consist of three single-phase reclosers in one tank (Figure 3), mechanically interlocked for lockout operation. This permits initial independent operation of a single phase in the event of a fault on any one phase. Should the fault persist after the initial operation and the phase proceed to lockout, the mechanical interconnection opens and locks out the other two phases as well. A separate counter on each phase accumulates information for operating records. For more detailed information on operation of H-group reclosers, ask for Reference Data R280-10-1; for E-group and L-group reclosers, specify R280-10-2.

280-10-6 www.cooperpower.com Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Technical Data 280-10 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers Effective May 2014

Contact operating speeds – controlled entirely by the springs – are Hydraulic control mechanism independent of the magnitude of the fault current. Total time to contact opening is proportional to the level of fault current passing The hydraulic control mechanism provides selectivity in timing through the series-trip solenoid. enabling flexibility in application and coordination with other equipment. All timing is governed by the hydraulic mechanism When the recloser operates to lockout, the hydraulic mechanism which: releases a lock-out spring and mechanism, preventing the plunger from returning and the contacts from reclosing. 1. controls the timing before contact opening; The series-trip coil is capable of withstanding forces caused by 2. establishes the time delay before the contacts reclose; maximum-rated fault currents and is effectively shunted with a 3. counts the number of operations; bypass gap for surge protection. 4. causes the recloser to lock out when the preset number of trip operations has been completed. Variations of timing characteristics and sequences can be programmed for a maximum of four operations. When a recloser is programmed for both fast and retarded operations, the fast operations – involving no intentional time delay – occur first in the sequence according to the recloser’s A curve time-current characteristic. Retarded operations are according to the recloser’s B or C time-current curve (B, C, or D curve for Types E, 4E, and L). See Time Current Curves R280-91-10 for Type E reclosers; R280-91-8 for Type 4E; R280-91-1 for Type H; R280-91-2 for Types 4H, V4H, 6H, and V6H; R280-91-3 for Type L; and R280-91-15 for Types V4L and V4E.

www.cooperpower.com 280-10-7 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Ratings Table 14. Single- and Three-Phase Recloser Ratings Trip-Coil Continuous Current Minimum Trip Current (amps) (amps) Interrupting Current (rms symmetrical amps) Type H Single-Phase; 50 Amps Maximum @ 2.4 through 14.4 kV 5 10 125 10 20 250 15 30 375 25 50 625 35 70 875 50 100 1250 Types 4H Single-Phase and 6H Three-Phase; 100 Amps Maximum @ 4.8 kV @ 8.32 kV @ 14.4 kV 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 35 70 1400 1400 1400 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 Types V4H Single-Phase and V6H Three-Phase; 200 Amps Maximum 5 10 200 200 200 10 20 400 400 400 15 30 600 600 600 25 50 1000 1000 1000 35 70 1400 1400 1400 50 100 2000 2000 2000 70 140 2800 2500 2000 100 200 3000 2500 2000 140 280 3000 2500 2000 200 400 3000 2500 2000 Type L Single-Phase; 280 Amps Maximum 25 50 1500 1500 1500 35 70 2100 2100 2100 50 100 3000 3000 3000 70 140 4200 4200 4000 100 200 6000 5000 4000 140 280 6000 5000 4000 200 400 6000 5000 4000 280 560 6000 5000 4000 Type V4L Single-Phase; 280 Amps Maximum @ 2.4 through 14.4 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 100 200 6000 140 280 6000 200 400 6000 280 560 6000 Type E Single-Phase; 100 Amps Maximum @ 24.9 kV 5 10 300 10 20 600 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 2500 70 140 2500 100 200 2500

280-10-8 www.cooperpower.com Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Technical Data 280-10 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers Effective May 2014

Table 14. Single- and Three-Phase Recloser Ratings (continued) Trip-Coil Continuous Current Minimum Trip Current Interrupting Current (amps) (amps) (rms symmetrical amps) Type 4E Single-Phase; 280 Amps Maximum @ 24.9 kV 50 100 3000 70 140 4000 100 200 4000 140 280 4000 200 400 4000 280 560 4000 Type V4E Single-Phase; 280 Amps Maximum 15 30 900 25 50 1500 35 70 2100 50 100 3000 70 140 4200 100 200 6000 140 280 6000 170 340 6000 200 400 6000 280 560 6000

RATINGS Table 15. Duty Cycles Maximum Number Total Maximum Number Total % Interrupting Circuit Unit Unit % Interrupting Circuit Unit Unit Type Rating X/R Ratio Operations Operations Type Rating X/R Ratio Operations Operations 15-20 2 40 15-20 3 32 H 45-55 4 40 100 4E 45-55 6 20 64 90-100 8 20 90-100 13 12 15-20 2 32 15-20 3 96 4H, 6H 45-55 5 24 68 V4E 45-55 7 120 248 90-100 10 12 90-100 15 32 15-20 2 128 15-20 3 32 V4H, V6H 45-55 5 96 272 L 45-55 6 20 64 90-100 10 48 90-100 12 12 15-20 2 40 15-20 4 88 E 45-55 5 20 72 V4L 45-55 8 112 232 90-100 12 12 90-100 15 32

SPECIFICATIONS

Table 16. Specifications Recloser Type

4H V4H 4E H 6H V6H L V4L E V4E Nominal operating voltage (rms kV) 2.4—14.4 2.4—14.4 2.4—14.4 2.4—14.4 2.4—14.4 24.9 24.9 Maximum design voltage (rms kV) 15.0 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 27 27 Impulse withstand (BIL), 1.2 x 50 sec wave (crest kV) 95 110 110 110 110 150 150 60-Hz withstand (rms kV) Dry one minute 35 50 50 50 50 60 60 Wet, ten seconds 30 45 45 45 45 50 50 Reclosing time (sec) 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 Bushing creepage distance (in.) 10-3/8 10-7/8 10-7/8 11-3/4 11-3/4 13-5/8 17

www.cooperpower.com 280-10-9 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Dimensions and weights

Recloser Type Dimension (in.) 4H, V4H L V4L E 4E,V4E A 14 15 15 15 15-1/8 B 14-5/16 15-7/8 15-7/8 15-7/8 16 C 35-1/2 37-1/8 45-1/2 41-1/2 49 D 16-13/16 18-7/8 18-7/8 20-3/8 22-1/2 E 6-11/16 6-1/4 14-5/8 9-1/8 14-1/2 F 8-3/4 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-3/4 9-3/4 G 8-1/2 11 11 11 11-3/4 H 9-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/4 11-1/4

NNote: Dimensions shown are for general information only. For critical construction dimensions, refer to factory.

Figure 4. Dimensions of Types 4H, V4H, L, V4L, E, 4E, and V4E reclosers.

Figure 5. Dimensions of Type H reclosers.

280-10-10 www.cooperpower.com Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Technical Data 280-10 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers Effective May 2014

Figure 6. Dimensions of Types 6H and V6H reclosers.

Table 17. Weights and Oil Capacity Recloser Type 4H, 6H, H V4H V6H L V4L E 4E V4E Weight; dry (Ib) 55 76 236 106 142 107 142 147 Weight, with oil (Ib) 85 114 394 159 205 169 205 210 Oil capacity (gal) 4 5 21 7 9-1/2 8-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2

www.cooperpower.com 280-10-11 Technical Data 280-10 Types E, 4E, 4E, V4E, H, 4H, V4H, L, V4L single-phase and Effective May 2014 6H and V6H three-phase reclosers

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, VariSTAR, Cooperpower.com UltraSIL, and Evolution are valuable For Eaton’s Cooper Power trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other © 2014 Eaton countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems reclosers product All Rights Reserved these trademarks without the prior written information call 1-877-277-4636 Printed in USA consent of Eaton. Publication No. 280-10 ANSI® is a registered trademark of American or visit: www.cooperpower. May 2014 National Standards Institute. com.

280-10-12 Effective July 2014 Technical Data 280-20 Supersedes January 1990 Types D and DV single-phase hydraulically controlled recloser

Types D and DV single-phase automatic circuit Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems reclosers in a reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems distribution system protection scheme offer provide reliable, economical overcurrent protection significant user advantages. Their broad application for distribution systems. Designed for 15 kV (Type capabilities permit the user to select exactly D) and 15-34.5 kV (Type DV) system applications the right recloser for the protection required. such as sectionalizing single-phase branches of When needed, Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems three-phase feeders, the reclosers’ high continuous application expertise – backed by world-wide current and interrupting capacity enables them recloser application experience – is readily to be used on heavily loaded circuits with high available. Knowledgeable design capability – based available fault currents. on 45 years of recloser manufacturing experience – provides the operating features required for Types D and DV reclosers provide single-phase effective overcurrent protection of complex load protection, tripping, and automatic clearing distribution systems. Progressive development of temporary faults to minimize downtime and programs using the latest technologies have simplify troubleshooting. They are compact and resulted in modern, efficient reclosers from self-contained in operation, can be pole-mounted Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems, designed and built or installed in substations, and utilize the service- in accordance with ANSI® Standard C37.60. proven Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems hydraulic control. Types D and DV reclosers can be easily Accessories are available for Types D and DV coordinated with circuit breakers, sectionalizers, reclosers that permit tailoring a recloser to specific fuses, and other reclosers in the distribution application requirements. Mounting equipment for system. pole and substation permits recloser installation precisely where system requirements demand its protection.

280-20-1 Technical Data 280-20 Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Basic ratings 4. Delayed time-current curve: B, C, D, or E (Refer to time-current curves in Reference Data R280-91-4). Type D reclosers protect systems rated 2.4 through 14.4 kV and Type DV reclosers protect systems rated through 34.5 kV. Table 1 5. Number of delayed operations: 0,1, 2, 3,or 4. summarizes the ratings of the Types D and DV reclosers. For basic 6. Closing coil voltage code (select from Table 2.) ratings and application information for all reclosers from Eaton’s Table 2. Closing Coil Voltage Code Numbers Cooper Power Systems, see Technical Data 280-05, General Ratings Information and Catalog Guide for Single-Phase and Three-Phase Phase-to-Grounded Neutral Closing Code Coil Operating Voltage ± 15% (kV) Number Reclosers. 2.4 21 Basic characteristics 4.16-4.8 22 Types D and DV reclosers are hydraulically controlled protective 7.2-7.62 23 devices in which tripping is initiated by a series-trip coil that releases 8.0-8.32 24 the stored-energy trip mechanism when an overcurrent occurs. Current carrying and interrupting capacities depend on the current 14.4 27* rating of the series trip coil. Minimum-trip current is 200% of the 20.0 29* coil rating except X coil ratings which initiate tripping at 140%. A closing solenoid supplies the energy for contact closing and also Low-Voltage Closing Coils** (Vdc) stores energy in the trip mechanism. High-voltage closing solenoids 125 26 are connected to the system on the source-side of the recloser. Solenoid voltage rating is based on the system operating voltage. 250 28 Low-voltage closing solenoids can be used if auxiliary voltage is * For Type DV reclosers only. supplied to the recloser. Dual time-current characteristics permit ** When dc coils are selected also specify KA136D for installation. For ac closing, specify a rectifier coordinating Types D and DV reclosers with other protective accessory from Table 4 in place of KA136D. devices on a distribution system. Fast-curve operations are followed by trip operations on a delayed curve. A choice of four delayed Example characteristics allows flexibility in system coordination. To order a basic Type D recloser with a 400-amp trip coil, minimum- trip current of 140% of continuous current rating, a B time-current Oil interruption curve, and two fast and two delayed operations before lockout for service on a 4.8-8.32-kV grounded-wye system, the catalog number Types D and DV reclosers use oil as the arc-interrupting medium. should be constructed like this: Movable bridge-type contacts provide two breaks in series. KD Separate self-generating interrupter chambers at each of the two Basic letters for a Type D recloser. breaks effectively interrupt all current from minimum load to rated Basic letters for a Type DV recloser: KDV. maximum fault. 400 Continuous current rating of series trip coil: 100, 140, 160, 185,225, 280,400 or 560 amps. (Minimum-trip is 200% Surge protection of continuous ratings.)

Best operating results are achieved if reclosers are protected X Insert letter X only if 400- or 560-amp coil is to with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is have minimum trip current approximately 140% of recommended on both sides of the recloser. (If protection is on one continuous rating; otherwise omit letter. (Minimum- side only, it should be on the source-side.) In substations, arresters trip current of 400X coil is 560 amps;minimum-trip should be on the load-side. Arresters provide excellent protection of 560X coil is 750-amps.) and are available with mounting brackets to fit Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems reclosers; see Technical Data 235-99, UltraSIL™ Polymer- B Delayed time-current curve desired: B, C, D, Housed Evolution™ Surge Arrester or Technical Data 235-35, or E. If all fast operations are desired, insert UltraSIL Polymer-Housed VariSTAR™ Surge Arrester for information. letter A.

Table 1. Basic Ratings 2 Number of fast A-curve operations: Maximum Interrupting 0,1,2,3, or 4. Normal Maximum Rating at Normal Recloser Voltage Continuous Voltage 2 Number of delayed operations: Type (kV) Current (amps) (symmetrical amps) 0,1,2,3, or 4. D 14.4 560 10000* 22 Closing coil voltage code number DV 34.5 560 8000 selected from Table 2 for the * Ratings are higher at lower voltage; see Table 8. system on which recloser is KD 400 X B 2 2 22 to be used . Ordering information Fast + delayed operations not to exceed four. To order a basic Type D and DV recloser, use the chart to the right and Table 2 to construct a catalog number that describes the KD400XB2222 is the catalog number for the required basic recloser. required recloser. Order accessories and mounting equipment from Tables 3 through 5. Table 3. Multi-Ratio Bushing-Current Transformers Construction of catalog number requires: for Field Installation 600:5 for Metering Description Catalog Number 1. Recloser type: D or DV. Slip-on bushing current transformer kit; one CT per kit KA712L2 2. Series trip-coil continuous current rating. 3. If 400- or 560-amp coil is used, choose trip current level of 140 or 200%.

280-20-2 www.cooperpower.com Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-20 Effective July 2014

Table 4. Low Voltage Closing and Wiring The hydraulic control incorporates separate elements to govern time delay operations and regulate the number of operations to lockout. Description Catalog Number The basic design of the Types D and DV reclosers has been proven Low voltage D.C. closing accessory KA136D by more than 30 years of field service. 115-Vac rectifier to supply 125 Vdc coil KA137D1 Construction 230-Vac rectifier to supply 250 Vdc coil KA137D3 Like all the other reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems, Low voltage cable, 20 feet KA139DV20* Types D and DV reclosers are designed for long service with little maintenance. Heads are aluminum castings and the tanks are constructed of heavy-gage steel. The tanks are treated with Table 5. Mounting Equipment a corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer, followed by a finish coat of Description Catalog Number thermosetting acrylic paint. A Buna N o-ring gasket is confined in a groove in the head casting to assure an oil-tight seal between the * Pole-mounting cluster-type frame for Three Type Reclosers DT8C1 head and the tank. * Refer to Catalog 280-85 for additional ordering information. The entire internal mechanism is suspended from the head casting so that the mechanism and the head assembly can be removed from the tank as a unit to simplify servicing. The head casting can Basic recloser design be rotated with respect to the tank, in 60-degree increments, for Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Types D and DV hydraulically optimum positioning of bushing terminals and manual operating controlled, single-phase reclosers (Figures 1 and 2) are designed handles. The insulating supports from which the interrupter and to protect circuits on systems operating through 34.5 kV. With the internal mechanism are suspended are constructed of filament ratings available and the ability of these reclosers to coordinate with wound glass epoxy for high electrical and mechanical strength and other protective devices – including lower-rated reclosers – they can moisture resistance. be applied in a variety of protection schemes. Closing energy is supplied by a closing solenoid which simultaneously charges the opening springs in preparation for a tripping operation. Fault currents are sensed by a trip solenoid (connected in series with the recloser contacts) that initiates the tripping operation by releasing the opening springs. Series tripping provides simple and reliable operation since the energy to initiate the tripping operation is taken directly from the line. Types D and DV reclosers are self-contained; i.e., they require no external control or control power source.

UNIVERSAL CLAMP TYPE TERMINALS LIFTING STRAP Accept copper or aluminum Facilitates hoisting during conductors horizontally or installation and maintenance vertically INFORMATION PLATE Provides recloser ratings COVER-CLAMPED BUSHINGS OPERATIONS COUNTER Wet-process porcelain; can be Records all recloser trip field-replaced operations

SLEET HOOD Houses manual operating handle, GROUND TERMINAL non-reclosing lever, and operations Provides easy connection to counter grounded neutral

HEAD CASTING Supports bushings and operating mechanism; can be rotated in 60-degree MANUAL OPERATING HANDLE increments to conveniently orient bushings Provides indication of locked-out and sleet hood. recloser; permits opening and closing to be manually initiated.

NON-RECLOSING LEVER Provides one shot to lockout after fault interruption Figure 1. Construction features, operating levers, and indicators for Types D and DV reclosers.

www.cooperpower.com 280-20-3 Technical Data 280-20 Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

HEAD MECHANISM Closing Solenoid Includes opening springs Closing energy as well as the energy to and mechanical linkages – charge the opening springs – is supplied by TIME-DELAY UNIT a high-voltage closing solenoid Figures 3 and Establishes delayed time- current characteristics 4) connected phase-to-ground on the source- side of the Type D and DV recloser.

HYDRAULIC INTEGRATOR Counts number of operations, SOURCE RECLOSER HEAD LOAD initiates delayed operations SEQUENCE SELECTOR CAM and lockout after preset Establishes sequence of fast and sequence delayed operations CLOSING SOLENOID CONTACTOR

CLOSING SOLENOID CLOSING Operates recloser and CLOSING SOLENOID SOLENOID charges opening springs CONTACTOR Momentarily energizes solenoid for closing operation FUSE SERIES TRIP FUSE COIL Protects system in event of coil failure SERIES-TRIP SOLENOID Senses overcurrents, inhales INSULATION SUPPORTS tripping Fiberglass construction MAIN CONTACTS

Figure 3. Phase-to-ground connection of INTERRUPTERS Self-generating; vented for high-voltage closing solenoid. fast arc extinction

MOVING CONTACTS Copper-tungsten alloy tips for long life

Figure 2. Untanked view of Type D recloser (shown with head casting removed). Construction of Type DV is similar.

Series-trip solenoid Sensing of fault currents in Types D and DV reclosers is provided by a trip solenoid which is connected in series with the recloser contacts and can carry line current up to its rating. Continuous current and minimum-trip values can be changed by replacing the coil. Coils used in Types D and DV reclosers are interchangeable (see Table 2). When fault current flows in excess of the minimum trip rating, the trip solenoid plunger – normally held at rest by the mechanism – is drawn into the coil by the magnetic effect generated by the fault current. Near the end of the downward stroke, a linkage connected to the solenoid plunger trips a latch which releases the charged opening springs and the recloser contacts are opened. The series- trip coil is effectively surge-protected by a shunting bypass gap on reclosers with trip coils rated below 100 amps.

Figure 4. High-voltage closing solenoid contactor.

280-20-4 www.cooperpower.com Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-20 Effective July 2014

The aluminum cover casting is marked to designate bushings to aid in making the proper connections. The grounded side of the RESETTING ARM AND solenoid is connected to a connector on the cover. The phase-to- PLUNGER ground connection permits Types D and DV reclosers to function Dumps oil from under independently of outside control power, although application is lockout piston after lockout limited to multigrounded-wye systems. A low-voltage closing so recloser can immediately solenoid, energized by an auxiliary ac or dc low-voltage source, is reset to begin another series of operations also available, permitting application of Types D and DV reclosers on other than grounded-neutral systems. When the recloser contacts are closed, the solenoid closing plunger HYDRAULIC PUMP Acts as an accurate trip is latched in the down position. This latch is tripped simultaneously counter by pumping with the release of the opening springs and as the solenoid plunger measured amount of oil moves upward. A timing orifice in the bottom of the solenoid-plunger under lockout piston cylinder regulates the rate at which upward movement can take place as oil is drawn into the cylinder. LOCKOUT PISTON Advances to lockout As the solenoid plunger reaches the top of its stroke, the high- according to presetting with voltage line contactor energizes the closing solenoid, pulling the each recloser trip plunger down. The closing solenoid contactor opens de-energizing the coil and through the mechanical linkage, the main contact- operating rods are simultaneously moved upward to close the contacts. At the same time, the opening springs are charged in Figure 5. Cutaway view of hydraulic integrator. preparation for a tripping operation. Hydraulic control system operation The number and sequence of operations to lockout and time-delay operations of Types D and DV reclosers are controlled by two separate, sealed hydraulic mechanisms which are mechanically linked. These sealed units contain HFA hydraulic fluid and have ROLLER ASSEMBLY extremely consistent and accurate operating characteristics. TIME-DELAY UNIT SEQUENCE Hydraulic integrator − pump and lockout piston assembly SELECTOR CAM The hydraulic integrator (Figure 5) containing the hydraulic pump LOCKOUT LEVER and lockout piston, regulates the number of fast and delayed trip operations, counts the operations to lockout, and initiates lockout after a preset number of operations. The hydraulic pump (Figure 5) is linked to the closing-solenoid plunger and is pushed downward with SERIES TRIP LINKAGE INTEGRATOR each return operation of the plunger. With its downward stroke, the pump forces a measured amount of fluid under the lockout piston (Figure 5), causing it to rise one step. Ball-type check valves retain CLOSING the charge. When the closing coil is energized, the recloser contacts SOLENOID PLUNGER close and the pump returns to its normal position. The integrator mechanism is linked to the time-delay unit through Figure 6. Hydraulic integrator and time-delay linkage. the cam shown in Figure 6. Upward movement of the lockout piston causes the cam to rotate counterclockwise. After the number of fast operations preset on the cam, it has advanced to engage the roller mechanism located at left of the cam. This brings the time-delay unit Operating settings into operation. When the lockout piston reaches the top of its stroke, it trips the lockout latch through another set of linkages, and a spring The required sequence of fast and delayed operations and the locks out the recloser contacts. required number of operations to lockout are factory set per customer specification. Either or both settings are easily changed On the lockout operation, the resetting lever (Figure 5) raises the in the field; only partial untanking of the recloser is necessary and plunger to which it is linked. This releases the ball check-valve no special tools are needed. Internal settings for the number of beneath the plunger, hydraulic fluid is withdrawn from beneath the operations to lockout permit the recloser to be programmed for lockout piston, and it quickly resets. After the recloser is reset from two, three, or four trip operations before lockout. To set the number lockout, it is ready for another full sequence of operations. of operations to lockout, the lockout lever (Figure 6) is indexed to For temporary faults that are cleared before the recloser mechanism one of three holes in its assembly, corresponding to the number of reaches lockout, the lockout piston resettles through a combination desired operations. of spring action and fluid bleeding past the piston to reset the The number of fast operations in the sequence is established by integrator mechanism. indexing the sequence selector cam shown in Figure 6. The cam is simply rotated until the desired number of fast operations appears opposite an arrow above the cam. An indent holds the cam in the selected position.

www.cooperpower.com 280-20-5 Technical Data 280-20 Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Setting the number of fast operations determines the number of delayed TIME-DELAY ARM SOLENOID LINKAGE operations in the sequence to lockout; ENGAGEMENT ARM for example, if four operations to lockout have been selected and the cam has been adjusted for two fast operations, the sequence will be two fast, followed by two delayed operations. TIME-DELAY ARM PIN Programming for one operation to lockout is done with the external non-reclosing handle, BRACKET located under the sleet hood. Moving the external non-reclosing handle down activates THUMBSCREW the non-reclosing feature (one operation to BRACKET HOLES FOR lockout). This overrides the internal setting, ALTERNATE CURVE TIME-DELAY UNIT PIN but does not change it physically. When the non-reclosing feature is deactivated (handle moved up), the number of operations to lockout automatically reverts to the internal setting, providing complete flexibility for testing or service without disturbing the programmed operations-to-lockout setting. Time-delay mechanism Delayed operations of the Types D and DV Figure 7. Changing time-current characteristic to the alternate curve is accomplished reclosers are established by the hydraulic by loosening the thumbscrew and indexing the pin on the time-delay unit to the time-delay mechanism which engages the bracket hole for the alternate curve. series trip-solenoid linkage after the preset number of fast operations. The time-delay mechanism impedes the downward stroke of the series trip-solenoid linkage to provide the desired delayed time-current characteristic. The selected curve is established by the amount of engagement during the downward stroke of the time-delay mechanism. For a B or D curve, approximately half of the stroke is unimpeded; then the trip solenoid linkage engages the time-delay mechanism, impedes the remainder of the stroke and establishes the desired curve. With slower C or E curves, the amount of engagement is increased. The time-delay mechanism offers a choice of two characteristics: B and C, or D and E. The desired combination must be specified since one unit does not provide all four characteristics. Adjustment from one characteristic to the other is made by indexing a thumbscrew and bracket Figure 8. Schematic of time-delay mechanism. arrangement on the time-delay unit. This changes the curve by changing the amount of engagement (Figure 7). Establishing delayed operations Operation of the time-delay mechanism is initiated by the hydraulic integrator. As sequence selector cam (Figure 6) is rotated counterclockwise by the upward movement of the lockout piston, it engages the roller assembly causing the solenoid linkage engagement arm to pivot clockwise, placing its hook above the pin on the time-delay arm. When a delayed tripping operation occurs and the engagement arm moves downward with the trip-solenoid linkage, its hook engages a pin on the time-delay arm and the time-delay mechanism impedes the remainder of the stroke (Figure 7).

280-20-6 www.cooperpower.com Types D and DV single-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-20 Effective July 2014

Operation Table 6. Electrical Ratings The hydraulic time-delay mechanism piston (Figure 8) is pulled downward by the trip-solenoid linkage. A floating plate (retained by an open basket) at the bottom of the hollow piston functions as a Description Type D Type DV one-way valve on the downstroke, sealing the bottom of the piston. Nominal system voltage (kV) 2.4 -14.4 24.9 - 34.5 On low-current operations, displaced oil is forced around the greased Maximum rated voltage (kV) 15.5 38 pin of the low-current timing valve and is allowed to return to the space above the piston. When a higher current fault is experienced, Rated impulse withstand voltage (BIL) (kV crest) 110 150 increased oil pressure raises the spring-loaded valve so that oil 60 Hz withstand (kV rms) flows through both valves and the tripping operation is accelerated Dry, one min 50 70 proportionately. The hydraulic time-delay mechanism has no effect on contact-opening speed – it only delays the moment at which the Wet, ten sec 45 60 opening springs are released. Reclosing time (sec) 2 2 Oil interrupter construction Bushing creepage distance (in.) 11-5/8 17 Fast arc interruption (down to 2.7 cycles clearing) is achieved by bridge-type contacts that provide two current breaks in series. The Table 7. Duty Cycle bayonet-type moving contacts are silver-plated tungsten alloy for % of Maximum erosion resistance and good conductance. Interrupting Number of Circuit Recloser Type Rating Unit Operations X/R Ratio The stationary contact assemblies are tulip-type clusters of silver- plated contact fingers held together by garter springs. The contacts 15-20 28 3 are self-cleaned by the opening and closing wiping action. 45-55 20 7 D Each current break is provided with a self-generating-type arc 90-100 10 14 interrupter structure (Figure 9) which includes a series of vented chambers. As the contacts open, the arc generates gap pressure in Total 58 the upper chamber which blasts oil across the arc and out through 15-20 28 4 the vents. As a result, arc extinction is fast and arc energy levels do not increase as fast at the higher fault-current levels. 45-55 20 8 DV 90-100 10 15 Mounting equipment Total 58 Types D and DV reclosers are furnished with two sets of mounting adapter plates for pole or substation mounting. For direct pole mounting, the curved plates are installed between the pole and the Table 8. Interrupting Ratings mounting brackets of the recloser. For mounting on a substation truss or pole-mounted channel, add the flat adapter plates between Interrupting Ratings the curved plates and the mounting surface. An accessory cluster- (rms symmetrical amps) Tripe Coil Minimum type frame for mounting three Type D reclosers is also available. See Ratings Trip Type D Type DV Continuous Ratings Table 5 on page 3 for ordering information. (amps) (amps) @4.8 kV @8.32 kV @14.4 kV @24.9-34.5 kV 100 200 6000 6000 6000 6000 140 280 8400 8400 8400 8000 160 320 9600 9600 9600 8000 185 370 11100 10000 10000 8000 225 450 12000 10000 10000 8000 280 560 12000 10000 10000 8000 400 800 12000 10000 10000 8000 400X 560 12000 10000 10000 8000 560 1120 12000 10000 10000 8000 560X 750 12000 10000 10000 8000

Figure 9. General construction of self-generating interrupter used on Types D and DV reclosers.

www.cooperpower.com 280-20-7 Technical Data 280-20 Type D and DV single-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Dimensions and weights

Figure 10. Dimensions of Type D (left) and Type DV (right) reclosers.

Table 9. Weights and Oil Capacities Type Weight with oil (lbs) Oil Capacity (gal) D 430 20 DV 556 30

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, UltraSIL, Cooperpower.com VariSTAR, and Evolution and are valuable trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other For Eaton’s Cooper Power © 2014 Eaton countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems Types D and DV All Rights Reserved these trademarks without the prior written reclosers product information Printed in USA consent of Eaton. Publication No. 280-20 ANSI® is a registered trademark of American call 1-877-277-4636 or visit: July 2014 National Standards Institute. www.cooperpower.com.

280-20-8 Effective July 2014 Technical Data 280-30 Supersedes May 2003 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X, three-phase hydraulically controlled reclosers

Type VW 15.5 kV Type W 14.4 kV General W-group three-phase automatic, circuit reclosers W-group reclosers, like all reclosers from Eaton's from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems provide Cooper Power Systems, are designed and built in reliable, economical overcurrent protection for accordance with ANSI C37.60. distribution circuits rated through 38 kV. Compact Six distinct types – W, WV27, WV38X, VW, and self-contained in operations, these reclosers VWV27, and VWV38X – within the W-group offer can be easily installed on poles and in substations. a broad range of voltage, continuous current, and Employing the service-proven hydraulic control, interrupting ratings. Accessories permit tailoring the W-group reclosers can be readily coordinated a recloser to specific application requirements. with circuit breakers, sectionalizers, fuses, and Mounting equipment for both pole and substation other reclosers on the distribution system. facilitates installing a recloser precisely where Eaton's Cooper Power Systems reclosers in system requirements demand its protection. a distribution system protection scheme offer significant user advantages. Their broad application Basic ratings capabilities permit the user to select exactly the right recloser for the protection required. W and VW reclosers protect systems rated 2.4 When needed, application expertise, backed through 14.4 kV; WV27 and VWV27 reclosers by worldwide recloser application experience, protect systems rated through 24.9 kV; and is readily available. Knowledgeable design WV38X and VWV38X reclosers protect systems capability, based on over 60 solid years of recloser rated through 34.5 kV. Table 1 summarizes the manufacturing experience, is the backbone of our ratings of the W-group reclosers. For basic ratings dependable reclosers. Progressive development and application information for all reclosers from programs using the latest technologies have Eaton's Cooper Power Systems, see Catalog resulted in the modern, efficient reclosers from Section 280-05. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems.

280-30-1 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Basic characteristics Vacuum interruption W-group reclosers are hydraulically controlled protective devices in VW, VWV27, and VWV38X reclosers use vacuum as the arc- which tripping is initiated by a series trip coil that releases the stored- interrupting medium. Vacuum interruption not only means long energy trip mechanism when an overcurrent occurs. Current-carrying contact life, it also offers considerably longer duty cycles than oil and interrupting capacities depend on the rating of the recloser series interruption. A single break on each phase is accomplished by trip coil. Minimum-trip current is 200% of the coil rating, except X coil separating contacts inside the vacuum interrupter. All arcing is ratings which initiate tripping at approximately 140%. contained within the vacuum envelope. Low-energy arc interruption in a vacuum results in far less shock and demonstration than A closing solenoid supplies the energy for contact closing and also interruption in oil, thus extending the vacuum recloser mechanism stores energy in the trip mechanism. High-voltage closing solenoids life. Because interruption within the vacuum envelope does not add are connected to the system on the source side of the recloser. contaminants to the insulating oil, recloser maintenance is minimized Solenoid phase-to-phase voltage rating is based on the system and intervals between oil changes can generally be extended. operating voltage. Low-voltage closing solenoids can be used if auxiliary voltage is supplied to the recloser. Surge protection Dual time–current characteristics permit coordinating W-group Best operating results are achieved if reclosers are protected reclosers with other protective devices on a distribution system. with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is Fast-curve trip operations are followed by trip operations on a recommended on both sides of the recloser. (If protection is on delayed curve. A choice of four delayed characteristics allows one side only, it should be on the source-side.) In substations, flexibility in system coordination. Ground tripping is available as an arresters should be on the load-side. Eaton's Cooper Power accessory. A variety of operating, indicating, and service accessories Systems distribution-class arresters provide excellent protection extends a W-group recloser’s normal flexibility even further. and are available with mounting brackets to fit reclosers from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems; see Service Information S280-85-7, Oil interruption KA126H3 and KA847W Surge Arrester Mounting Brackets Assembly W, WV27, and WV38X reclosers use oil as the arc-interrupting and Installation Instructions. medium. Movable bridge-type contacts provide two breaks in series on each phase. Separate self-generating interrupter chambers at each of the two breaks effectively interrupt all currents from minimum load to rated maximum fault. Ratings and specifications Table 1. Basic Ratings Maximum Maximum Interrupting Nominal Continuous Rating at Nominal Voltage Current Voltage Interrupting Recloser (kV) (A) (sym A) Medium Type 14.4 560 10000 Oil W 14.4 560 12000 Vacuum VW 24.9 560 8000 Oil WV27 24.9 560 12000 Vacuum VWV27 34.5 560 8000 Oil WV38X 34.5 560 12000 Vacuum VWV38X

Table 2. Electrical Ratings Types Type Type Type Type Description W and VW WV27 VWV27 VWV38X WV38X Nominal system voltage (kV) 2.4-14.4 24.9 24.9 24.9-34.5 24.9-34.5 Maximum rated voltage (kV) 15.5 27 27 38 38 Rated impulse withstand voltage (BIL) (kV crest) 110 150 125* 150 170 60 Hz withstand voltage (kV rms) Dry, one minute 50 60 60 70 70 Wet, ten seconds 45 50 50 60 60 Rated maximum continuous current (A) 560 560 560 560 560 Reclosing time (seconds) 2 2 2 2 2 Bushing creepage distance (in.) 13 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 * Can be increased to 150 kV BIL with an accessory. Table 3. Definite Purpose Capacitor Switching Ratings Description VW VWV27 VWV38X* Isolated Bank (A rms) 400 400 250 Parallel Bank Current (A) 400 400 250 Peak current (kA) 20 20 20 Transient inrush frequency (Hz) 4240 4240 6800 * Applies to solidly grounded bank applications.

280-30-2 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Table 4. Interrupting Ratings Trip Coil W Rating Continuous Minimum Trip VW WV27 VWV27 WV38X VWV38X A A @ 4.8 kV @ 14.4 kV 2.4–14.4 kV @ 24.9 kV @ 24.9 kV 24.9–34.5 kV 24.9–34.5 kV 5 10 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 10 20 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 15 30 900 900 900 900 900 900 900 25 50 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 35 70 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 2100 50 100 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 70 140 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 100 200 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 140 280 8400 8400 8400 8000 8400 8000 8400 160 320 9600 9600 9600 8000 9600 8000 9600 185 370 11100 10000 11100 8000 11100 8000 11100 200 400 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 225 450 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 280 560 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 400 800 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 560 1120 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 70x 100 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 100X 140 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 140X 200 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 160X 225 6750 6750 6750 6750 6750 6750 6750 185X 260 7800 7800 7800 7800 7800 7800 7800 225X 315 9450 9450 9450 8000 9450 8000 9450 280X 450 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 400X 560 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 560X 750 12000 10000 12000 8000 12000 8000 12000 NNote: Minimum-trip on "X" coils is approximately 140% of continuous ratings.

Table 5. Duty Cycle Type % of Interrupting Rating Number of Unit Operations Maximum Circuit X/R Value 15-20 28 3 45-55 20 7 W 90-100 10 14 Total 58 15-20 28 4 45-55 20 8 WV27 90-100 10 15 Total 58 15-20 28 4 45-55 20 8 WV38X 90-100 10 15 Total 58 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VW 90-100 32 15 Total 232 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VWV27 90-100 32 15 Total 232 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VWV38X 90-100 32 15 Total 232

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-3 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Features and detailed description Construction Basic recloser design Like all the other reclosers from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems, the W-group reclosers are designed for long service life with little Eaton's Cooper Power Systems three-phase W-group reclosers are maintenance. Heads are aluminum castings. Tanks are heavy-gage designed to protect circuits on systems operating through 34.5 kV. steel, finished with light gray polyester powder paint (ASA70). An With the ratings available and the ability of these reclosers to o-ring gasket confined in a groove, for controlled compression, coordinate with other protective equipment, including lower-rated assures an oil-tight seal between the head and the tank. A 1/2-inch reclosers, they can be applied in a variety of schemes. brass oil-sampling and drain valve near the bottom of the tank is The range of protection can be extended by a ground-trip accessory, standard. which provides protection against ground-fault currents that are The entire internal mechanism is suspended from the head casting less than the minimum-trip value of the series coils. Flexibility of so that the mechanism and the head assembly can be removed application is greatly enhanced by accessories that enable remote from the tank as a unit. Reclosers are mounted by brackets that can control of the recloser. be attached to the head casting. This permits easy access to the Closing energy is supplied by a closing solenoid that simultaneously contacts and the mechanism in the field by lowering the tank with a charges the opening springs in preparation for a tripping operation. wire-rope winch, which is available as an accessory. Fault currents are sensed by trip coils (connected in series with the The insulating supports from which the three interrupters are recloser contacts) that initiate the tripping operation by releasing the suspended are filament-wound glass epoxy for high electrical and opening springs. mechanical strength and moisture resistance. Series tripping provides simple and reliable operation because the energy to initiate the tripping operation is taken directly from the line. W-group reclosers are self-contained: they require no external control or control power source. The hydraulic control incorporates separate elements to govern time- delay operations and regulate the number of operations to lockout. The W-group basic design has been proven by more than 50 years of field service.

Closing Solenoid Contactor Momentarily energizes Bushings solenoid for closing Clamp-Type Terminals Wet-process porcelain. operation. Accept 1/0 - 500 MCM cable in horizontal or vertical position.

Closing Tool Port For manually closing de- energized recloser.

Operations Counter Made entirely of non- corrosive parts; large numbers are easy to read.

Time-Delay Units (3) One each phase: provide time-delayed tripping. Red Contact Lever Shown down to indicate open. Grey Non-Reclosing Lever (not shown) Fuse When down, restricts operation Protects system in event of to one shot to lockout after fault closing solenoid failure. interruption. Yellow Manual Handle (not shown) Closing Solenoid Up for manual close and down Operates recloser and for manual open. charges opening springs. Series Trip Coil Moving Contacts Senses overcurrents, initiates Copper-tungsten alloy tips for tripping. long life. Timing Orifice Interrupters Regulates reclosing time at Self-generating; vented for two seconds. fast arc-extinction.

Figure 1. Untanked Type WV recloser shown from series trip coil side. Construction of Types WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X is similar except for the vacuum interrupters on VW, VWV27, and VWV38X; see Figure 2.

280-30-4 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Operation Series trip coil Fault current in the W-group is sensed by the three trip coils that are connected in series with the recloser contacts and can carry line current up to their rating. Coils of applicable ratings are interchangeable among the W-group reclosers. Continuous current and minimum trip ratings can be changed by replacing the coils. When fault current in excess of the minimum trip ratings flows on one or more phases, the trip solenoid plunger, which is normally held at rest by the mechanism, is drawn into the coil by the magnetic effect generated by the fault current. Near the end of the downward stroke, a linkage connected to the trip plunger trips a latch that releases the charged opening springs and the recloser contacts are opened. The series trip coil is surge-protected by a shunting bypass gap on reclosers with trip coils rated below 100 A. Independent fault detection on each phase is provided by separate trip coils. A common bar trips all three phases, preventing single- phase supply to three-phase loads. A trip coil carrying a higher fault current will override and cause faster tripping than a phase experiencing a lower fault current.

Lifting Strap Used for hoisting mechanism out of tank.

Oil Dipstick Simplifies checking oil level. Head Casting Supports bushings and operating mechanism. Sleet Hood Houses manual operating handle, non-reclosing handle, contact position indicator, and operations counter.

Manual Operating Handle O-Ring Gasket Indicates locked-out recloser; Provides weatherproof seal permits manual operation. between head casting and tank under all operating conditions.

Insulating Supports Filament wound glass epoxy construction.

Vacuum Interrupters Have extended duty cycle; require no maintenance; are easily replaced. Hydraulic Pump Counts number of operations to lockout; moves linkages to change from fast to delayed tripping according to preset sequence. Figure 2. Untanked view of a VW recloser shown from hydraulic pump side.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-5 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Closing solenoid Closing energy – as well as the energy to charge the opening Main springs in the W-group reclosers – is supplied by a high-voltage Contacts Closing Solenoid closing solenoid, which is connected phase-to-phase and energized Fuse through a contactor. When the recloser contacts are closed, the solenoid plunger is latched in the down position. This latch is tripped ØC 5 6 simultaneously with the release of the opening springs and the solenoid plunger moves upward. A timing orifice in the bottom of the solenoid-plunger cylinder regulates the rate at which upward Closing movement can take place as oil is drawn into the cylinder. Solenoid Operating Contactor Mechanism As the solenoid plunger reaches the top of its stroke, the high- voltage line contactor energizes the closing solenoid, pulling the plunger down. The closing solenoid contactor opens, de-energizing Closing the coil, and, through the mechanical linkage, the main contact- Solenoid operating rods are simultaneously moved upward to close the ØB 3 4 contacts. At the same time, the opening springs are charged in Terminal preparation for a tripping operation. Bushing W, WV27, VW, and VWV27 reclosers – which are rated through 24.9 kV – are equipped with a high-voltage closing solenoid contactor Source Load with two breaks in series. The higher rated reclosers – WV38X and VWV38X – are equipped with a contactor with four breaks in series. Control of the upward travel of the plunger regulates reclosing time. ØA 1 2 Normal reclosing time for the W-group reclosers is two seconds. The first reclosing operation in the programmed sequence can be 30 or 45 cycles when the dual-reclosing accessory is used.

Series Trip Coil

Figure 3. Phase-to-phase connection of high-voltage closing solenoid.

Types W, WV27, VW, VWV27 reclosers Types WV38X and VWV38X reclosers with 30 kV, 33 kV, or 34.5 kV closing solenoid coil. Figure 4. High-voltage closing solenoid contactors.

280-30-6 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Hydraulic control system operation The number and sequence of operations to lockout and the Lockout Settings Pin time-delay operations are controlled by two separate hydraulic mechanisms which are mechanically linked. Pump-and-Lockout-Piston assembly Lockout Bar The hydraulic pump, associated cam, and linkages regulate the number of fast and delayed operations, count the operations to lockout, and, after a preset number of operations, initiate lockout. The hydraulic pump (Figure 5) is linked to the closing solenoid Roller plunger and pushed downward with each return operation of the plunger. With its downward stroke, the pump forces a measured amount of fluid under the lockout piston, causing it to rise one step. Ball-type check valves retain the charge. When the closing solenoid Lockout Piston is energized, the recloser contacts close and the pump returns to its Linkage normal position. The lockout piston is linked to the sequence selector cam (Figure 6) Sequence Selector Cam and the lockout bar. Upward movement of the lockout piston causes Figure 6. Recloser operating sequence is determined by the the cam to rotate counterclockwise and the lockout bar to advance number of fast operations programmed on the sequence one step. The number of fast operations are preset on the cam. selector cam. The number of delayed operations will be the After these operations, the cam edge engages the roller and pushes balance of operations to lockout. The setting on the sequence it to the right. A mechanism arm attached to the roller engages the selector cam is easily changed in the field. time-delay mechanism on each phase. Subsequent operations are then delayed. When the lockout bar completes its travel, it trips the lockout latch through another set of linkages and springs lock the recloser contacts open. The reset rod and valve (Figure 5) are raised, releasing hydraulic fluid from beneath the lockout piston so that it resets quickly. The entire pump and sequencing mechanism are now ready for the next full sequence of operations. For temporary faults that are cleared before the recloser mechanism reaches lockout, the lockout piston resettles gradually (at a rate of approximately 90 seconds per operation at 25 °C) to reset the recloser mechanism.

Hydraulic Pump Acts as an accurate trip counter by pumping measured amount of oil under lockout piston.

Quick-Release Rod and Valve Dumps oil from under lockout piston after lockout so recloser can immediately reset to begin another fault tripping sequence. Lockout Piston Advances toward its lockout position with each recloser trip.

Figure 5. Cross-section of hydraulic pump.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-7 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Operating settings The required sequence of fast and delayed operations and the required number of operations to lockout are factory set per customer specification. Either or both settings are easily changed in the field; only a partial untanking of the recloser is necessary and no special tools are needed.

Lockout bar Lockout-setting pin Pin Engagement Arm

Adjustment Bracket

Figure 7. The internal setting for the number of operations to lockout (two, three, or four) is achieved by positioning the lock- Thumbscrew out-setting pin in one of three notches in the lockout bar. This setting is easily changed in the field. Figure 8. Changing time-current characteristics to the alternate curve is accomplished by loosening the thumbscrew and Internal settings for the number of operations to lockout permit the indexing the adjustment bracket to the proper hole. recloser to be programmed for two, three, or four trip operations to lockout. Programming for one operation to lockout is done with the external non-reclosing handle located under the sleet hood. The The time-delay mechanism permits a choice of two characteristics: internal setting is easily changed by moving the horizontal lockout B and C or D and E. The time-delay curves will be set at the factory bar (Figure 7) to index the lockout-setting pin in the required notch. as specified. Adjustment from one characteristic to the other is made by indexing a thumbscrew-and-bracket arrangement on the Moving the external non-reclosing handle down activates the non- time-delay mechanism to change the curve by changing the time of reclosing feature (one operation to lockout); this overrides the engagement (Figure 8). internal setting but does not change it physically. When the non- reclosing feature is deactivated (handle moved up), the number of Established delay operations operations to lockout automatically reverts to the internal setting, Operation of the time-delay mechanism is initiated by the providing complete flexibility for testing or service without disturbing integrating mechanism. As the indexing cam (Figure 6) is rotated the programmed operations-to-lockout setting. counterclockwise by the upward movement of the lockout piston, it The timing of recloser trip operations can be fast (which includes no engages a roller assembly, causing the solenoid linkage engagement intentional time delay), delayed (which follows one of four slower time– arm to pivot clockwise, placing its hook above the pin on the time- current characteristics), or a sequence of fast followed by delayed. delay arm. When an overcurrent occurs and the engagement arm moves downward with the trip coil linkage, the hook engages the The recloser mechanism is programmed simply by setting the pin on the time-delay arm and the time-delay mechanism impedes number of fast operations required in each sequence of operations the remainder of the stroke. to lockout, by indexing a notched cam to the required number (Figure 6). Operation It is easily changed by lifting the flat spring tab away from the cam The hydraulic time-delay mechanism piston is pulled downward by and rotating the cam until the desired number of fast operations is the trip coil linkage. A floating plate (retained by an open basket) at indicated. The setting for the number of fast operations determines the bottom of the hollow piston functions as a one-way valve on the the number of delayed operations in the sequence; for example, downstroke, sealing the bottom of the piston. if four operations to lockout are selected and the cam is adjusted On low-current operations, displaced oil is forced around the for two fast operations, the sequence will be two fast operations grooved pin in the low-current valve and is allowed to return to the followed by two delayed. space above the piston. When a higher current fault is interrupted, Time-delay mechanism increased oil pressure raises the springloaded valve so that oil flows through both valves and the tripping operation is accelerated Delayed operations in W-group reclosers are established by the proportionately. hydraulic time-delay mechanism on each phase. The time-delay mechanism is engaged with time–current characteristic. The selected The hydraulic time-delay mechanism has no effect on contact- curve is established by the time of engagement of the time-delay opening speed – it only delays the moment at which the opening mechanism. For the B and D curves, approximately half of the stroke springs are released. is unimpeded, then the trip coil linkage engages the time-delay mechanism and the remainder of the stroke is impeded, establishing the desired curve. With the slower (C and E) curves, the time of engagement is earlier.

280-30-8 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Interrupter construction Vacuum interrupters Oil interrupters Vacuum interrupters provide fast, low-energy arc interruption with long contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and Fast arc interruption (down to 2-1/2 cycles clearing) is achieved by maximum operating safety. With arc interruption taking place in bridge-type contacts that provide two current breaks in series per a vacuum, contact and interrupter life are several times greater phase. The bayonet-type moving contacts are silver-plated tungsten than with interruption in oil, and interrupter maintenance is virtually alloy for erosion resistance and good conductance. The stationary eliminated. Because of the shorter contact stroke, mechanical stress contact assemblies are tulip-type clusters of silver-plated contact and wear on the mechanism is substantially reduced. fingers held together by garter springs. The contacts are self-cleaned by the opening and closing wiping action. Vacuum interrupters are designed with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength and long-term vacuum integrity. The high- alumina ceramic has more than five times the strength of glass, permits a higher processing temperature to develop maximum purity of the assembly, and is impervious to helium penetration to sustain the vacuum level. Metal end-closures and the arcing chambers are of high-purity alloy to minimize contamination. Enclosed in the interrupter is a stationary and a moving contact assembly. The moving contact has a travel of approximately one-half inch, its shaft passing through a flexible bellows which maintains vacuum integrity. Contacts are made of a special non-welding alloy. Because the smallest amount of internal contamination can significantly shorten the life of a vacuum interrupter, a clean-room facility is used for interrupter production. Special care is taken to avoid even minute contamination from any source, whether it be dust particles, machining oils, or human body salts.

Figure 9. General construction of a typical self-generating interrupter used in oil interrupting reclosers.

Each current break is provided with a self-generating arc interrupter structure which includes a series of vented chambers. As the Figure 10. General construction of a typical vacuum interrupter contacts open, the arc generates gas pressure in the upper chamber used in vacuum interrupting reclosers. that blasts oil across the arc and out through the vents. As a result, arc extinction is fast and arc energy levels do not increase as fast at the higher fault-current levels.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-9 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Accessories Hydraulic ground-trip accessory W-group reclosers can be supplemented with a number of accessories to provide added application flexibility. Some accessories modify the normal operating functions while others increase operating versatility; still others provide indicating functions. For each accessory installed on a particular recloser, a data plate is mounted on the sleet hood of the recloser. Where required, accessory leads are brought into the recloser tank through a junction box mounted on the head casting. Bushing-type, multi-ratio current transformers Multi-ratio current transformers for operating meters or separate relays can be mounted on load-side bushings 2, 4, and 6 or the source-side bushings 1, 3, and 5 (Figure 11). These current transformers have only one primary turn – the bushing rod. They are available with secondary windings that provide primary/secondary- current ratios of either 600:5 or 1200:5. Different ratios can be obtained by connection to appropriate taps on their secondary windings. Figure 12. Ground-trip coil mounted in recloser. Ratios obtainable from 600:5 and 1200:5 transformers are shown in Table 6. If the rated minimum zero-sequence (ground) current is exceeded, the hydraulic ground-trip mechanism – an oil-dashpot-type solenoid connected to paralleled BCT secondaries – trips the recloser. The hydraulic ground-trip mechanism accessory enables the recloser to protect against ground-fault currents lower than the recloser’s minimum phase-trip setting. For currents above the minimum phase-trip setting, recloser opening is governed by either the phase- trip series coil or the ground-trip coil, whichever is faster. Refer to Reference Data R280-91-7 for available delay curves. The ground trip coil is operated from the bushing-type, multi-ratio current transformers mounted on the source-side bushings (1, 3, and 5) to produce the minimum ground-trip currents shown in Table 7. The current transformers must be ordered separately.

Table 7. Ground-Trip Operating Data Minimum Zero-Sequence Trip Current (primary A) Bushing Current Transformer Ratio Series Connected Coil Parallel-Connected Coil 50:5 N/A* N/A* Figure 11. Multi-ratio current transformers mounted on the source-side bushings. 100:5 63.5 110 150:5 87 156 200:5 110 204 Table 6. Bushing-Type Multi-Ratio Current Transformer Ratios 250:5 133 250 and Terminal Connection 300:5 156 300 Ratio Ratio Terminal Connection 400:5 204 400 50:5 100:5 X2 - X3 450:5 227 450 100:5 200:5 X1 - X2 500:5 250 500 150:5 300:5 X1 - X3 600:5 300 600 200:5 400:5 X4 - X5 250:5 500:5 X3 - X4 * Not applicable: BCT output loo low to operate solenoid. 300:5 600:5 X2 - X4 Electronic ground-trip accessory 400:5 800:5 X1 - X4 Self-contained, independent, sensitive ground-fault tripping is also 450:5 900:5 X3 - X5 available with an electronically controlled ground-trip accessory that includes the following: 500:5 1000:5 X2 - X5 • Fifteen fault-timing characteristics including inverse and definite- 600:5 1200:5 X1 - X5 time curves, or plug-in modules that are easily field changed. • Dual-timing capability. • Twelve minimum-trip levels, from 5 to 400 A. • Line powered; completely self-contained. • Precharging coil for consistent timings even when reclosing on a permanent fault.

280-30-10 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

If the system downline from the recloser is energized by other than electrical operation of the recloser (such as the closing of an upline recloser or breaker), control-circuit arming time must be added to the published time-current characteristic for proper TCC coordination. Further information that can be used in anticipating such circumstances is found with the published time-current characteristics on this accessory; refer to Eaton's Cooper Power Circuit card with Systems Reference Data R280-91-12 ,Types RX, RV, W, WV, VW, plug-in timing curves and VWV Time-Current Curves. minimum trip Ground-trip blocking switch resistor A ground-trip blocking switch can be provided for either ground- trip accessory. The hotstick-operated blocking switch (Figure 14) is normally mounted on the recloser. The manual lever-operated blocking switch (Figure 16) is for remote mounting.

Magnetic Precharge element tripper Dual-timing switch Figure 13. Components of electronic ground-fault trip accessory.

Fault-timing characteristics and timing operations are independent and separate from the recloser’s phase fault timing and TCCs. Counting to lockout is integrated with phase operations. The dual- timing feature enables coordination with other protective apparatus on the system. Accessory control circuits are powered from the line through two current transformers mounted under the head casting on source- Figure 15. Ground-trip blocking switch for remote manual side bushings (Figure 13). Five amperes of line current is all that is operation. required to maintain circuit charge and supply the trip operation. Zero-sequence (ground) current is sensed by three parallel- connected current-sensing transformers mounted beneath the head casting on the load-side bushings. When the ground current exceeds the selected minimum-trip level, the control circuits actuate the magnetic tripper to trip the recloser. Ground overcurrent timing is according to the time-current characteristics programmed with plug- in modules on the accessory circuit board. When the recloser automatically recloses or is otherwise closed by electrical operation of its closing solenoid, an initial arming feature instantly charges the accessory control circuits. This enables the ground- trip accessory to respond immediately, according to its programmed time-current characteristic, should a ground fault be present.

Figure 14. Ground-trip blocking switch; hotstick-operated.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-11 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Table 9. Interrupting Ratings of Auxiliary Switch Volts Inductive Non-Inductive Inductive Non-Inductive (ac or dc) ac (A) ac (A) dc (A) dc (A) 24 – – 15 20 48 – – 7.5 10 120 50 80 – – 125 – – 1.5 2 240 25 40 – – 250 – – 0.45 0.5 Low-voltage AC closing With the addition of a modified closing contactor equipped with a full-wave diode bridge (Figure 17), the dc closing solenoid can be operated from a low-voltage ac source. Current requirements for ac Figure 16. Remote trip solenoid. closing are 51 A at 120 Vac or 34 A at 240 Vac. Auxiliary switch Remote trip Remote indication of recloser contact position or switching of other When energized from an external source, the remote trip accessory devices can be accomplished with an auxiliary switch. A three-stage (Figure 16) trips the recloser, just as when the series trip coil switch is mounted on the recloser (Figure 18). Each stage has two operates. Normal automatic reclosing follows. Reclosing will occur independent contacts a and/or b. When the recloser’s main contacts even if the solenoid remains energized. Should this condition occur, are open, the a contacts are also open and the b contacts are closed. the recloser will operate to lockout. The remote trip accessory leads Table 10 shows the recloser/ auxiliary switch contact relationship. are brought out of the recloser tank through a separately specified Switch contacts are insulated for 600 V and have a continuous accessory junction box. current rating of 10 A. The interrupting ratings of the auxiliary switch Electrical ratings are shown in Table 8. contacts are shown in Table 9 above.

NNote: The remote trip accessory cannot be installed on a recloser equipped with a ground-trip accessory (hydraulic or electronic) since both occupy the same space and operate the same trip-lever mechanism. Table 8. Electrical Ratings of Remote Trip Accessory; Intermittent Duty Only Operating Voltage Steady-State Current Rated Voltage (Vac) Range (Vac) at Rated Voltage (A) 120 95-125 1.3 240 190-250 0.65

Low-voltage DC closing By specifying a dc-closing solenoid from Table 17 and this accessory, the recloser can be closed by an externally controlled low-voltage dc Figure 18. Auxiliary switch (with cover removed). power source rather than from the primary high-voltage source. A separately specified accessory junction box with input terminal block is also required. Low voltage is especially desirable in loop and load- Table 10. Recloser/Auxiliary Switch Contact Positions transfer schemes where the recloser can be operated regardless Auxiliary Switch of which side of the unit is energized. Current requirements for dc Recloser Contacts Contact A Contact B closing are 55 A at 125 Vdc or 58 A at 48 Vdc. CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN OPEN CLOSED

Figure 17. Low-voltage ac closing accessory.

280-30-12 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Lockout-indicating switch Table 12. Electrical Ratings of Remote Lockout Accessory A lockout-indicating switch assembly can be added for remote Rated Voltage Operating Voltage Steady-State Current indication of recloser lockout (Figure 19). The switch is particularly (Vac) Range (Vac) at Rated Voltage (A) useful in load-transfer schemes. 115 95-125 0.36 Consisting of two single-pole, double-throw switches in a 230 190-250 0.18 weatherproof housing, the assembly is actuated by the recloser’s manual operating lever. A threaded opening for a one-half inch IPS conduit or cable grip is provided. Electrical ratings of the lockout-indicating switch are shown in Table 11.

Figure 21. Remote closing solenoid.

Remote close Figure 19. Lockout-indicating switch. When energized from an external source, the remote close accessory closes a locked-out recloser by manually pulling the operating handle to the CLOSE position, actuating the high-voltage Table 11. Electrical Ratings of Lockout-Indicating Switch closing solenoid contactor to close the recloser. The external control Accessory circuit for this accessory requires a connection that includes a Interrupting Rating (A) Operating Voltage customer-furnished, normally open, momentary contact switch wired in series with the solenoid. 10 120 Vac Electrical ratings of the remote close of locked-out recloser 5 240 Vac accessory are shown in Table 13. 0.5 125 Vdc NNote: When this accessory is added to a recloser, the recloser cannot lockout 0.25 250 Vdc if the remote close accessory is held energized. Table 13. Electrical Ratings of Remote Close Accessory Remote lockout Operating Current at Rated Voltage (A) Rated Voltage Voltage-Range The remote lockout accessory (Figure 20) enables an external control (Vac) (Vac) Inrush Steady-State to trip the recloser and operate the lockout mechanism. 115 100-125 32-34 3.25 The remote lockout accessory leads are brought out of the recloser tank through a separately specified accessory junction box with 230 200-250 16-18 1.67 terminal block. Electrical ratings of the remote lock-out accessory are shown in Table 12.

NNote: To provide complete remote operation, the remote lockout accessory is usually employed with the remote close accessory.

Figure 20. Remote lockout solenoid.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-13 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Remote block of closing The remote block of closing accessory enables remote control of closing (Figure 22). One type blocks closing when the solenoid is energized; the other blocks closing when the solenoid is de-energized. Electrical ratings of the remote block of closing accessory are shown in Table 14.

Table 14. Electrical Ratings of Remote Block of Closing Accessory Steady- Operating State Rated Voltage Voltage Range Current (Vac) (Vac) (A) Status 115 95-125 0.2 Blocks when de-energized Figure 22. Remote block of closing solenoid. 230 190-250 0.1 115 95-125 0.2 Blocks when energized 230 190-250 0.1 Dimensions and weights

I I J

NNote: For dimensions of reclosers with mountings, see G Service Information S280-85-2 Recloser Mountings.

Terminal C Connectors 1/0—500 MCM

Ground Connector 8 Sol—2/0 Str K

E D F

Figure 23. Dimensions of W-group reclosers.

280-30-14 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Table 15. Overall Dimensions mm (in.) Recloser Without bushing current Type transformer accessory Dim A Dim B Dim C Dim D Dim E Dim F Dim G Dim H Dim I* Dim J Dim K 1057 283 79 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 676 W Standard 13 in. creepage or 41-5/8 11-1/8 3-1/8 13-/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 26-5/8 VW 17-in. extra-creepage bushings 1114 283 79 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 733 43-7/8 11-1/8 3-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 28-7/8 1213 302 105 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 676 47-3/4 11-7/8 4-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 26-5/8 WV27 1270 302 105 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 733 VWV27 Standard 26-1/2-in. creepage 50 11-7/8 4-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 28-7/8 WV38X bushings 1197 381 105 438 940 1083 540 1178 384 254 676 47-1/8 15 4-1/8 17-1/4 37 42-5/8 21-1/4 46-3/8 15-1/8 10 26-5/8 VWV38X 1254 381 105 438 940 1083 540 1178 384 254 733 49-3/8 15 4-1/8 17-1/4 37 42-5/8 21-1/4 46-3/8 15-1/8 10 28-7/8 Recloser With bushing current Type transformer accessory Dim A Dim B Dim C Dim D Dim E Dim F Dim G Dim H Dim I* Dim J Dim K 1178 302 79 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 676 46-3/8 W Standard 13 in. creepage or 11-7/8 3-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 26-5/8 VW 17-in. extra-creepage bushings 1235 302 79 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 733 48-5/8 11-7/8 3-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 28-7/8 1334 321 105 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 676 52-1/2 12-5/8 4-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 26-5/8 WV27 1391 321 105 333 933 1076 435 1172 289 343 733 54-3/4 VWV27 Standard 26-1/2-in. creepage 12-5/8 4-1/8 13-1/8 36-3/4 42-3/8 17-1/8 46-1/8 11-3/8 13-1/2 28-7/8 WV38X bushings 1314 403 105 438 940 1083 540 1178 397 241 676 51-3/4 VWV38X 15-7/8 4-1/8 17-1/4 37 42-5/8 21-1/4 46-3/8 15-5/8 9-1/2 26-5/8 1375 403 105 438 940 1083 540 1178 397 241 733 54-1/8 15-7/8 4-1/8 17-1/4 37 42-5/8 21-1/4 46-3/8 15-5/8 9-1/2 28-7/8 * Dim. I is the distance between bushings (centerline-to-centerline.)

Table 16. Weights and Oil Capacity Recloser Type Weight with Oil* kg (lb.) Oil Capacitor L (gal) W 356 144 (785) (38) WV27 359 156 (790) (41) WV38X 459 201 (1012) (53) VW 384 156 (845) (41) VWV27 384 171 (845) (45) VWV38X 422 224 (930) (59) * Add 11 kg (25 lb) for each bushing current transformer.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-15 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Constructing a catalog number To order a basic Type VW recloser with a 560 trip coil, a 750 A minimum-trip current, a B time-current curve, with two fast and two delayed operations to lockout for service on a 12.0-13.2 kV system, the catalog number would be constructed like this:

KVW Basic letters for a Type VW recloser Basic letters for other reclosers: Type W: KW Type WV27 KWV27 Type WV38X KWVP Type VW KVW Type VWV27 KVWV27 Type VWV38X KVWVP 560 Continuous current rating of series-trip coils: 5, 10, 15, 25, 35, 50, 70, 100, 140, 160, 185, 200, 225, 280, 400, or 560 A. (Minimum-trip current is 200% of continuous rating.) X Insert letter X only if a type X series trip coil is used; otherwise omit letter. Continuous current rating of X series trip coils: 70, 100, 140, 160, 185, 225, 280, 400, or 560 A. (Minimum- trip current is 140% of continuous rating.) B Delayed time-current curve desired: B, C, D, or E. If all fast operations are required, insert letter A. 2 Number of fast A-curve operations: 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. Fast+delayed operations not 2 Number of delayed operations: 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. to exceed four 4 Closing solenoid voltage code number selected from Table 17 for the system on which the recloser is to be used. KVW 560 X B 2 2 4 KVW560XB224 is the catalog number for the required basic recloser.

Ordering information Table 17. Closing Solenoid Voltage Code Numbers To order a basic W-group recloser, use the chart above and Table 17 Phase-to-Phase Closing Solenoid Operating to construct a catalog number that describes the required recloser. Voltage ± 15% (kV) Code No. Order accessories and mounting equipment from Tables 18 through 2.4 1 30. 3.3 10 Construction of a catalog number requires: 4.16-4.8 2 1. Recloser Type: W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, or VWV38X. 6.0 6 2. Series trip coil continuous current rating. 7.2-8.32 3 3. Need for series trip coil with a minimum trip current rating other 11.0 9 than 200% of continuous current rating. 12.0-13.2 4 4. Delayed time-current curve; B, C, D, or E. 14.4 5 5. Number of operations on delayed curve: 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. 17.0 12 6. Closing solenoid voltage code. 20.0 11 23.0-24.9 13 34.5 14 Low-Voltage Closing Solenoid Operating Voltage (Vdc) 48 16* 125 7* 250 8*

* Requires either low-voltage dc closing accessory (KA631R) or low-voltage ac closing accessory (KA742R). Order separately.

280-30-16 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Table 18. Multi-Ratio Bushing Current Sensing Transformers Factory-Installed on Load-Side Bushings 2, 4, and 6* Description Catalog Number** Types W and VW Three 600:5 BCTs on 13 in. creepage bushings KA804W3X Three 600:5 BCTs on 17 in. creepage bushings KA110W3X*** Three 1200:5 BCTs on 13 in. creepage bushings KA827W3X Types WV27 and VWV27 Three 600:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA14WV3X Three 1200:5 BCTs 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA24WV3X Types WV38X and VWV38X Three 600:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA82WV3X Three 1200:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA83WV3X * To specify accessory BCTs on source-side bushings, include the digit “9” after the “A” in the catalog number and specify source-side bushings in the order description. ** If factory wiring is ordered, replace the “X” in the catalog number with the ratio to be connected: 1200 = 1200:5; 1000 = 1000:5; 900 = 900:5; 800 = 800:5; 600 = 600:5; 500 = 500:5; 450 = 450:5; 400 = 400:5; 300 = 300:5; 250 = 250:5; 200 = 200:5; 150 = 150:5; 100 = 100:5; 50 = 50:5. ***Catalog number includes the extra-creepage bushings.

Table 19. 600e:5 Multi-Ratio Bushing Current Transformers for Field Installation Description Catalog Number Slip-on bushings current transformer kit; one BCT per kit KA712L2 Set of 3 BCTs KA712L2-3 Wiring kit for KA712L2-3 (one wiring kit required per recloser) Basic cable, no length. Replace X with number of feet. KA895R7-X

Table 20. Service-Related; Hardware Description Catalog Number Junction box with terminal block; factory-installed KA187R Manual closing tool; de-energized recloser, factory-installed W, VW, WV27, and VWV27 KA476R WV38X, VWV38X KA66WV T-handle closing tool: de-energized recloser KA90R2 Oil-level sight gauge; factory-installed KA161W

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-17 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Table 21. Automatic Tripping and Closing; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number Hydraulic ground trip* KA510R2XXX** Electronic ground trip; minimum-trip current and timing curves must be specified*** Types W and WV27 KA1219R1 Types VW and VWV27 KA1219R2 Types W and WV27 with KA742, ac closing KA1219R3 Types VW and VWV27 with KA742, ac closing KA1219R4 Type WV38X KA62WV1 Type VWV38X KA62WV2 Type WV38X with KA742, ac closing KA62WV3 Type VWV38X with KA742, ac closing KA62WV4 Specify minimum-trip resistor Select minimum-trip current of 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 70, 100, 140, 200, 280, 320, or 400 A Minimum-trip resistor____amperes. KA1197R__**** Specify constant time plug in first socket Select timing plug 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 Timing plug______KA1199R__-1__† Specify constant time plug in second socket Select timing plug 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9 Timing Plug______KA1199R__-2__† -OR- Specify inverse time plug in first socket Select timing plug 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 Timing plug______KA1200R__-1__† Specify inverse time plug in second socket Select timing plug 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 Timing plug______KA1200R__-2__† Ground-trip blocking switch for KA510R, KA1219R, and KA62WV With manual switch handle. (Not mounted or wired. Generally used when recloser is mounted in KA89WV1 frame and switch is to be mounted on frame. Also for mounting remote from recloser.) KA813R1†† With pullring for hotstick (Mounted on recloser and wired to junction box. Cannot be used if recloser is mounted in KA89WV1 frame or in KA146W5 frame that has a KA146W2 windlass.) KA813R2†† With pullring for hotstick; for use when recloser is mounted in KA89WV1 frame or in KA146W5 frame that has a KA146W2 windlass. (Mounted on recloser and wired to junction box.) KA813R4††† Dual reclosing time First reclosing: 30 cycles KA547R1 First reclosing: 45 cycles KA547R2

* Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block, multi-ratio BCT accessory as shown in Table 3 and a KA843R, factory wiring, or KA850R, factory assembly, to complete wiring from multi-ratio BCTs to the ground trip mechanism. Hydraulic ground trip accessory cannot be used on a recloser that has a KA378R remote trip. ** Replace “Xs” in catalog number in following sequence from left to right: number of time-delay curve desired; number of fast operations (0, 1, 2, 3, or 4); and the numeral “1” for series-connected or the numeral “2” for parallel-connected coils. *** Note: Electronic ground trip accessory cannot be used on a recloser that has KA378R remote trip, KA631R dc closing, KA275R or KA276R remote block of closing, or KA1169R closing coil transfer switch. **** Complete the catalog number by specifying the selected value of the component. † Complete the catalog number by specifying the selected value for the component and the number of operations. †† Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block. ††† Junction box is included with accessory; do not order separately.

280-30-18 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Table 22. Remote Operation and Indication; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number Three-stage auxiliary switch with six independent contacts KA369R3 Lockout-indicating switch; dpdt contacts operated by recloser operating handle KA296R1 Remote trip 120 Vac KA378R1* 240 Vac KA378R2* 24 Vdc KA378R5* 48 Vdc KA378R4* 125 Vdc KA378R3* Remote lockout 120 Vac KA475R1** 240 Vac KA475R2** 24 Vdc KA475R3** 48 Vdc KA475R4** 125 Vdc KA475R5** Remote close 120 Vac KA486R1† 240 Vac KA486R2† 48 Vdc KA486R4† 125 Vdc KA486R3† Remote block of closing with coil de-energized 120 Vac KA275R1*** 240 Vac or 125 Vdc KA275R2*** Remote block of closing with coil energized 120 Vac KA276R1*** 240 Vac or 125 Vdc KA276R2***

* Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block. Remote trip cannot be used on a recloser that has KA510R, KA62WV, or KA1219R ground trip accessories. ** Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block. *** Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block. Remote block of closing accessories cannot be used on a recloser that has a KA1219R or KA62WV electronic ground trip. † Can not be used on WV38X and VWV38X.

Table 23. Low-Voltage Closing; Factory-installed Description Catalog Number Low-voltage dc closing, requires that recloser be ordered with dc closing coil 48 Vdc Types W, WV27, WV38X KA631R11* Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA631R13* 125 Vdc Types W, WV27, WV38X KA631R1* Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA631R5* 250 Vdc Types W, WV27, WV38X KA631R2* Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA631R6* Low-voltage ac closing; with KA1219 or KA62WV, electronic ground trip; requires that recloser be ordered with dc closing coil 120 Vac Types W, WV27, WV38X KA742R22** Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA742R24** 240 Vac Types W, WV27, WV38X KA742R23 Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA742R25 Low-voltage ac closing, without electronic ground trip, requires that recloser be ordered with dc closing coil 120 Vac Types W, WV27, WV38X KA742R1** Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA742R5** 240 Vac Types W, WV27, WV38X KA742R2** Types VW, VWV27, VWV38X KA742R6**

* Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block. Dc closing accessory cannot be used on a recloser that has a KA1219R or KA62WV ground trip. ** Requires KA187R junction box with terminal block.

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-19 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Table 24. Bushings and Terminals; Factory-Installed (set of six) Description Catalog Number 17-in. creepage standard length bushings Types W and VW KA25W Flat-pad terminals, two-hole Types W, VW with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT length bushings KA82W1 Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X with 261/2 in. creepage, standard length bushings KA62RV3 Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X with 261/2 in. creepage, CT length bushings KA62RV4 Flat-pad terminals, four-hole Types W, VW with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT length bushings KA156W1 Types WV27 and VWV27 with 261/2 in. creepage, standard length bushings KA61RV3 Types WV27 and VWV27 with 261/2 in. creepage, CT length bushings KA61RV4 Stud terminals, 11/8 12 UNF-2A Types W, VW with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT length bushings KA800W1 Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X with 261/2 in. creepage, standard length bushings KA59RV3 Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X with 261/2 in. creepage, CT length bushings KA59RV4

Table 25. Epoxy Bushings (set of six) and Required Terminals Description Catalog Number Epoxy bushing, standard length Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA67RV3 Epoxy bushing, BCT length Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA67RV4 Eyebolt terminals, 1/0 to 500 MCM cable Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA68RV2 Flat-pad terminals, two-hole Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA68RV3 Stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF2 Types WV27, WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA68RV4 Flat-pad terminals, four-hole Types WV27 KA81RV5* Flat-pad terminals, four-hole Types WV38X, VWV27, VWV38X KA81RV7* * Limited to 125 kV BIL.

Table 26. Factory Assembly of Recloser and Accessories in KA89WV1 Substation-Mounting Frame* Description Catalog Number Recloser on frame; no accessories with or without BCTs KA813W Factory assembly with ground trip and shorting switch KA850R

* Includes factory assembly only; recloser, accessories, and mounting frame must be ordered separately.

Table 27. Factory Assembly of Recloser in Pole-Mounting Frames* Description Catalog Number Recloser in KA146W5; with or without BCTs KA881R2 Recloser in KA706R1; with or without BCTs KA881R1 * Includes factory assembling only; recloser and mounting must be specified separately.

280-30-20 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

Table 28. Mounting Equipment Description Catalog Number Substation-mounting equipment Basic mounting frame KA89WV1 Hardware for attaching KA813R ground-trip blocking switch to KA89WV1 frame KA89WV6 Removable tank-lifting windlass for KA89WV1 frame KA89WV2 Pole-mounting equipment Single-pole-mounting hanger KA146W5* End-mounted pole hanger KA706R3 Tank-lifting windlass for single-pole hanger KA146W2 Surge-arrester-mounting bracket Inboard (source) KA126H3 Outboard (load) KA847W * Requires KA883R, BCT conduit assembly, when recloser has source-side BCTs.

Table 29. Factory Assembly of Conduit and Wiring* Description Catalog Number BCTs wired to KA510R2 hydraulic ground trip through KA187R junction box. If recloser is to be mounted with a KA146W5 frame and BCTs are on the pole side, a KA883R2 conduit kit must be specified Types W, VW, WV27, VWV27 KA843R Types WV38X, VWV38X KA80WV * Includes factory assembling only; recloser, accessories, and mounting must be specified separately.

Table 30. Training-Related; Equipment Maintenance and Operation Aids Description Catalog Number General Maintenance and Inspection Procedures for Reclosers DVD (28 min.) KSPV1A Mechanical Operation, Service and Testing for Three-Phase Hydraulic Reclosers DVD (28 min.) KSPV5A

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-21 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

280-30-22 www.cooperpower.com Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-30 Effective July 2014

www.cooperpower.com 280-30-23 Technical Data 280-30 Types W, WV27, WV38X, VW, VWV27, and VWV38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Cooperpower.com For Eaton's Cooper Power Eaton and Cooper Power Systems are valuable Systems three-phase recloser © 2014 Eaton trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other product information call All Rights Reserved countries. You are not permitted to use the Printed in USA these trademarks without the prior written 1-877-277-4636 or visit: Publication No. 280-30 consent of Eaton. www.cooperpower.com.

280-30-24 Effective July 2014 Technical Data 280-40 Supersedes May 2005 Types VWE, VWVE37, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X, three-phase electronically controlled reclosers

Type VWVE27 Type WE

General The W-group electronically controlled, three-phase When needed, application expertise backed by automatic circuit reclosers from Eaton's Cooper world-wide recloser application experience is Power Systems provide reliable, economical available. Knowledgeable design capability – based overcurrent protection for distribution circuits rated on more than fifty years of recloser manufacturing through 38 kV. Compact in design, these reclosers experience – has made Eaton's Cooper Power can be easily installed on poles or in substations. Systems the industry leader. Progressive The six reclosers in this group provide service- product development programs, using the latest proven dependability and long operating life. technologies, have resulted in the production of Commanded by an Eaton's Cooper Power modern, efficient Eaton's Cooper Power Systems Systems electronic recloser control, these reclosers. automatic circuit reclosers offer superior W-group reclosers, like all reclosers from Eaton's coordination and application capability unmatched Cooper Power Systems, are designed and by other system protection apparatus. Their manufactured in accordance with ANSI® C37.60. broad application capabilities permit the user to The six distinct reclosers in the W-group – Types select exactly the right recloser for the protection VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and required. WVE38X – offer a broad selection of ratings to Recloser settings are configured by the fit varied system needs. Recloser and control electronic control with accurate, preset tripping accessories enable further tailoring of the characteristics and reclosing times. Trip times are protective program to achieve maximum system precise and unvaried, enabling close coordination operating flexibility. Mounting equipment, available with other protective devices on the system. for pole or substation, eases installation of the When system requirements change, program recloser wherever system requirements demand. settings are easily altered with no sacrifice of accuracy or consistency.

280-40-1 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Ratings and characteristic features Ordering information Three-phase protection on systems rated 2.4 through 14.4 kV is A complete electronically controlled recloser installation includes provided by Types WE or VWE reclosers. Types WVE27 or VWVE27 these items: can be applied on systems rated through 24.9 kV. Higher-voltage • Recloser and accessories system protection (24.9 through 34.5 kV) is provided by Types WVE38X and VWVE38X reclosers. A ratings summary for this • Electronic control and accessories recloser group is shown in Table 1. For ratings and basic application • Interconnecting control cable information for other reclosers, refer to Catalog Section 280-05. • Recloser mounting equipment (if required) Operation The recloser, control, and interconnecting cables are ordered and priced separately. Accessories for the recloser and the control are Sensing current transformers, mounted in the recloser, supply fault- ordered and priced separately. sensing information to the electronic control. Tripping and closing signals from the control energize the operating circuits in the To order a recloser, electronic control, and control cable: recloser. Due to a single CT ratio for all ratings, minimum-trip values 1. Use Tables 2 and 3 to construct a catalog number that describes of the electronic control are independent of the continuous-current the required recloser. and interrupting ratings of the recloser. Flexibility in coordination with other protective devices is provided by dual time-current 2. From Tables 4-15, specify the catalog numbers that describe the characteristics from a choice of available curves, minimum trip required recloser accessories, mounting equipment, and factory values, reclosing and resetting time settings, and a selection of assemblies. accessories. 3. Order the required electronic recloser control (control is ordered separately from recloser). Closing solenoid Contact-closing energy is provided by a closing solenoid that also stores energy in the trip mechanism. High-voltage closing solenoids are connected to the system on the source-side of the recloser. Selection of solenoid voltage rating is based on the system phase-to- phase operating voltage. Low-voltage closing solenoids can be employed. Auxiliary voltage must then be supplied to the recloser. Oil or vacuum interruption A choice of interrupting medium is available. Types WE, WVE27, and WVE38X reclosers use oil as the arc interrupting medium. Movable bridge-type contacts provide two breaks in series on each phase. Separate self-generating interrupter chambers at each of the two breaks provide for effective interruption of all currents, from minimum load to rated maximum fault. Vacuum interruption, used in Types VWE, VWVE27, and VWVE38X, offers considerably longer duty cycles and long contact life. A single break on each phase is accomplished by separating contacts inside the vacuum interrupter. All arcing is contained within the vacuum envelope. Low-energy arc interruption in a vacuum results in far less shock and contact wear, extending the recloser mechanism life. Because interruption within the vacuum envelope does not add contaminants to the insulating oil, recloser maintenance is minimized and intervals between oil changes can generally be extended. Surge protection Best operating results are achieved if reclosers are protected with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is recommended on both sides of the recloser. (If protection is on one side only, it should be on the source-side.) In substations, arresters should be on the load-side. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems distribution-class arresters provide excellent protection and are available with mounting brackets to fit our reclosers. Refer to Catalog Sections 235-35 and 235-99.

280-40-2 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Table 1. Summary of Ratings Maximum Continuous Current Maximum Interrupting Nominal Voltage (kV) (amps) Rating at Nominal Interrupting Medium Recloser Type 14.4 560* 10000 oil WE 14.4 560* 12000 vacuum VWE 24.9 560* 8000 Oil WVE27 24.9 560* 12000 vacuum VWVE27 34.5 560* 8000 oil WVE38X 34.5 560* 12000 vacuum VWVE38X * Can be increased to 800 amps, continuous, with an 800-amp continuous current accessory.

Table 2. Basic Recloser Catalog Numbers Table 4. Multi-Ratio Bushing Current-Sensing Transformers Recloser Type Catalog Number Factory-Installed on Load-Side Bushings 2,4, and 6*

WE KWE* Description Catalog Number VWE KVWE* Types WE and VWE Three 600:5 BCTs on 13 in. creepage bhushings KA804W3 WVE27 KWVE27* Three 600:5 BCTs on 17 in. creepage bushings KA110W3** WVE38X KWVEP* Three 1200:5 BCTs on 13 in. creepage bushings KA827W3 VWVE27 KVWVE27* Types WVE27 and VWVE27 Three 600:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA14WV3 VWVE38X KVWVEP* Three 1200:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA24WVE * Replace asterisk in catalog number with closing coil code number from Table 3. Types WVE38X and VWVE38X Three 600:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in creepage bushings KA82WV3 Three 1200:5 BCTs on 26-1/2 in. creepage bushings KA83WV3 NNote: When ordering, specify load- or source-side mounting of BCTs. Table 3. Closing Solenoid Coil Voltage Code Numbers * To specify accessory BCTs on source-side bushings, include the digit 9 after the A in the catalog Phase-to-Phase Closing Coil Operating number and specify source-side bushings in the order description. Voltages ±15% (kV) Code No. ** Catalog number includes the extra creepage bushing. 2.4 1 3.3 10 Table 5. 600e:5 Multi-Ratio Bushing Current Transformers for 4.16-4.8 2 Field Installation 6.0 6 Description Catalog Number 7.2-8.32 3 Slip-on bushing current transformer kit: one BCT per kit KA712L2 11.0 9 Set of 3 BCTs KA712L2-3 12.0-13.2 4 Wiring kit for KA712L2-3 (one wiring kit required per KA895R7* recloser) 14.4 5 * Includes 7 ft. cable. If longer cable is required, specify length on order. 17.0 12 20.0 11

23.0-24.9 13 Table 6. Hardware (Service-Related) 34.5 14 Description Catalog Number Low-Voltage Closing Coils Operating Voltage (Vdc) Manual closing tool: de-energized recloser; factory 48 16* installed WE, VWE, WVE27, and VWVE27 KA476R 125 7* WVE38X and VWVE38X KA66WV 250 8* T-handle manual closing tool; de-energized recloser KA90R2

* Requires either low-voltage dc closing accessory (KA631R) or low-voltage ac closing accessory Oil-level sight gauge; factory-installed KA161W (KA742R). Otder separately.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-3 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Table 7. Low-Voltage Closing and Transfer Switch; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number Three-state auxiliary switch with six independent contacts KA369R3 Low-voltage dc closing, requires that recloser be ordered with dc closing coil 48 Vdc Types WE, WVE27, WVE38X KA631R12 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X KA631R14 125 Vdc Types WE, WVE27, VWVE38X KA631R3 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X KA631R7 250 Vdc Types WE, WVE27, WVE38X KA631R4 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X KA631R8 Low-voltage ac closing, requires that recloser be ordered with dc closing coil 120 Vac Types WE, WVE27, WVE38X KA742R3 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X KA742R7 240 Vac Types WE, WVE27, WVE38X KA742R4 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X KA742R8

Table 8. Bushings and Terminals; Factory-Installed (set of six) Description Catalog Number 17 in. creepage standard-length bushings Types WE and VWE KA25W Flat-pad terminals, two-hole Types WE and VWE with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT-length bushings KA82W1 Types WVE27, WVE38X, VWVE27, VWVE38X with 26-1/2 in. creepage, standard-length bushings KA62RV3 Types WVE27, WVE38X, VWVE27, VWVE38X with 26-1/2 in. creepage, CT-length bushings KA62RV4 Flat-pad terminals, four-hole Types WE and VWE with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT-lenth bushings KA156W1 Types WVE27 and VWVE27 with 26-1/2 creepage, standard-length bushings KA61RV3 Types WVE27 and VWVE27 with 26-1/2 in. creepage CT-length bushings KA61RV4 Stud terminals, 1-1/8-12 UNF-2A Types WE, VWE with 13 in. or 17 in. creepage, standard or CT-length bushings KA800W1 Types WVE27, WVE38X, VWVE27, VWVE38X with 26-1/2 in. creepage, standard-length bushings KA59RV3 Types WVE27, WVE38X, VWVe27, VWVE38X with 26-1/2 in. creepage, CT-length bushings KA59RV4

280-40-4 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Table 9. Mounting Equipment Shipping Weight Description Catalog Number (lb) Substation mounting equipment Basic mounting frame KA89WV1 326 Mounting brackets Single-size control and/or meter trough on KA89WV1 frame KA89WV4 11 Double-size control and/or meter trough on KA89WV1 frame KA89WV5 22 Single- or double-size control on load-side of KA89WV1 frame KA89WV9 17 Removable tank-lifting windlass for KA89WV1 frame KA89WV2 34 Pole-mounting equipment Frame with load- and source-side arrester brackets KA146W6 162 Single-pole mounting hanger KA146W5* 122 End-mounted pole hanger KA706R3 126 Surge arrester mounting brackets Inboard (source) KA126H3 20 Outboard (load) KA847W 20 Tank-lifting windlass for single-pole hanger KA146W2 50

* Requires KA883R BCT conduit assembly when recloser has source-side BCTs.

Table 10. Continuous Current Accessory; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number 800 amp continuous current capability on recloser without accessory BCTs Type WE, eyebolt terminals, 4/0-1000 MCM KA59WE2 Type WE, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KA59WE1 Type VWE, eyebolt terminals, 4/0-1000 MCM KRW63V2 Type VWE, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW63V1 Types WVE27, WVE38X, eyebolt terminals, 1/0-750 MCM KA74WE2 Types WVE27, WVE38X, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KA74WE1 Type VWVE27, eyebolt terminals KRW64V2 Type VWVE27, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW64V1 Type VWVE38X, eyebolt terminals, 1/0-750 MCM KRW59V2 Type VWVE38X, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW59V1 800 amp continuous current capability on recloser equipped with accessory BCTs Type WE, eyebolt terminals, 4/0-1000 MCM KA59WE2 Type WE, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KA59WE1 Type VWE, eyebolt terminals, 4/0-1000 MCM KRW63V2 Type VWE, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW63V1 Types WVE27 and WVE38X, eyebolt terminals, 1/0-750 MCM KA74WE4 Types WVE27 and WVE38X, stud terminals 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KA74WE3 Type VWVE27, eyebolt terminals, 1/0-750 MCM KRW64V4 Type VWVE27, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW64V3 Type VWVE38X, eyebolt terminals, 1/0-750 MCM KRW59V4 Type VWVE38X, stud terminals, 1 1/8-12 UNF-2A KRW59V3

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-5 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Factory assemblies and kits • Reclosers can be factory-assembled in mounting frames. • External meters can be factory-wired. • Wiring kits are available for field installation of inter-accessory wiring.

Table 11. Factory Assembly of Recloser and Accessories in KA89WV1 Substation Mounting Frame* Description Catalog Number Recloser and electronic control on frame; no accessories KA800WE * Factory assembly only. Recloser, control, accessories, and mounting frame must be ordered separately.

Table 12. Factory Assembly of Recloser in Mounting Frames* Description Catalog Number Recloser in KA146W5 only; with or without BCTs KA881R2 Recloser in KA706R3; with or without BCTs KA881R1

* Covers factory assembly only. Recloser and mounting must be specified separately.

Table 13. Factory Assembly of Conduit and Wiring* Description Catalog Number Factory installed BCT conduit for use with KA146W5 frame when BCTs are mounted on the pole-side KA883R2 * Covers factory assembly only; recloser, accessories, and mounting must be specified separately.

Table 14. Conduit and Wiring Kits for Field Installation* Description Catalog Number Recloser in KA146W5 single-pole mounting frame Conduit kit for BCTs when recloser is to be mounted with BCTs on pole-side KA883R1 * A kit includes all conduit and wire necessary to connect recloser and accessories specified. Kits are shipped disassembled.

Table 15. Training-Related; Equipment Maintenance and Operation DVDs Description Catalog Number General Maintenance and Inspection Procedures for Kyle Reclosers DVD (28 min.) KSPV1A Mechanical Operation, Service and Testing of Kyle Three-Phase Electronic Reclosers DVD (27 min.) KSPV4A Type MET Electronic Recloser Control Tester Operating Instructions and Testing Procedures DVD (25 min.) KSPV7A

280-40-6 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Features and detailed description Closing force is supplied by a closing solenoid, which is energized by line-to-line connections inside the recloser. This solenoid closes W-group electronically controlled, three-phase oil reclosers the main contacts of all phases while simultaneously charging the protect systems operating through 34.5 kV. Refer to Ratings and opening springs in preparation for a tripping operation. The control Specifications section. These ratings, and the wide range of signals tripping and closing. programmable settings provided by the electronic control, permit meeting a variety of application requirements. Fault currents are sensed by three 1000:1 ratio sensing current transformers, located in the recloser. These CTs provide a Basically the same in operation as three-phase hydraulically continuous measurement of line current, monitored by the electronic controlled reclosers (Catalog Section 280-30), these reclosers control. When current level exceeds the programmed minimum possess the added operating flexibility of electronic control. trip level, the magnitude of the overcurrent is integrated with time, A choice of oil or vacuum as the arc interrupting medium is available: using a programmed time-current curve characteristic. The control then energizes the trip coil in the recloser. This releases the tripping • Types WE, WVE27, and WVE38X reclosers use oil (Figure 1). springs, opening the main contacts of all three phases. If reclosing is Bridge-type contacts provide two current breaks in series for programmed, the control then activates the closing mechanism. The each phase. Each current break employs a separate, vented, self- reclosers are self-contained; they require no external power source generating, arc-interrupting chamber for effective interruption of (except as required by certain accessories). the recloser’s full current range. The electronic recloser control provides simple determination • Vacuum interruption is utilized by Types VWE, VWVE27, and of phase- and ground-trip sequences and operations-to-lockout. VWVE38X reclosers (Figure 2). A single break on each phase is Minimum phase-and ground-trip values, timing of tripping, and accomplished by separating a set of contacts within the vacuum reclosing and resetting timing are adjustable at the control, without chamber. Low-energy arc interruption in a vacuum extends the de-energizing the recloser. duty cycle and results in less shock and demonstration, extending recloser mechanism life. Application flexibility is enhanced by dual-timing characteristics from a choice of time-current curves for phase and ground tripping levels.

LIFTING LUGS OIL DIP STICK Used for hoisting recloser or lifting Aids in checking oil level. mechanism out of tank.

CLAMP-TYPE TERMINALS Accept No. 1/0-500 MCM cable in horizontal or vertical position. RECEPTACLE Provides connection for control cable. BUSHINGS Wet-process porcelain, glaze color is light gray, Munsell 5BG 7.0/0.4.

MANUAL OPERATING HANDLE Provides manual opening and lockout. O-RING GASKET Of Buna-N is confined, and provides positive weatherproof seal between head casting and tank under CONTACT POSITION all operating conditions. INDICATOR

MOVING CONTACTS Have copper-tungsten alloy tips for long life. NAMEPLATES Supply complete recloser data. CLOSING SOLENOIT Closes contacts and charges INTERRUPTERS opening springs. Self-generating; vented for fast arc-extinction.

Figure 1. Untanked Type WE recloser illustrates simplified mechanism resulting from electronic control. Construction of Types WVE27, WVE38X, VWE, VWVE27, and VWVE38X is similar except for the vacuum interrupters on VWE, VWVE27, and VWVE38X.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-7 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Construction Bolts through the head casting support the recloser, securing it to the mounting. The complete internal mechanism is suspended Recloser from the head casting, allowing tank removal without disturbing Like other Eaton's Cooper Power Systems reclosers, these are the mechanism and head assembly. Lowering the tank with a wire designed for long service life and minimum maintenance. Heads rope winch (available as an accessory) permits easy access to the are aluminum castings. Tanks are heavy-gauge steel, finished with mechanism. polyester powder paint (Munsell 5BG 7.0/0.4; light gray is the Insulating supports, from which the three interrupters are standard color). suspended, are made of filament-wound glass epoxy for high An “O”-ring gasket confined in a groove provides an oil-tight and electrical and mechanical strength, and moisture resistance. weatherproof seal between the head and tank. A 1/2 in. brass oil- sampling-and-drain valve, located near the bottom of the tank, is standard.

CLOSING TOOL PORT For manually closing de- energized recloser.

CLOSING SOLENOID SLEET HOOD CONTACTOR Houses manual operating Momentarily energizes handle and contact closing solenoid on signal position indicator. from electronic control.

FUSES CURRENT EXCHANGE Protect system in event of Through beryllium-copper closing solenoid failure. garter springs for low resistance and high reliability.

INSULATING SUPPORTS Fiberglass construction.

VACUUM INTERRUPTERS Have extended duty cycle, require no maintenance, and are easily replaced.

Figure 2. Untanked Type VWVE27 vacuum recloser (shown from closing contractor side).

280-40-8 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Oil interrupters Enclosed in the interrupter is a stationary and a moving contact assembly. The moving contact has a travel of approximately one- Types WE, WVE27, and WVE38X use oil as the arc-interrupting half inch, its shaft passing through a flexible bellows that maintains medium. vacuum integrity. Contacts consist of a special non-welding alloy. Fast arc interruption (down to 2 1/2 cycles clearing) is furnished Because the smallest amount of internal contamination can by bridge-type contacts (Figure 3), providing two current breaks significantly shorten the life of a vacuum interrupter, a clean-room in series per phase. The bayonet-type, silver-plated, tungsten-alloy facility is used for interrupter production. Special care is taken to moving contacts resist erosion and provide good conductance. The avoid even minute contamination from any source, including dust stationary-contact assemblies are tulip-type clusters of silver-plated particles, machining oils, or human body salts. contact fingers held by garter springs. The contacts are self-cleaning due to the wiping action of opening and closing. Recloser operation Each current break has a self-generating-type arc interrupter structure including a series of vented chambers. As the contacts Tripping open, the arc generates gas pressure in the upper chamber, which When current flow exceeds the minimum-trip value needed to blasts oil across the arc and out through the vents. As a result, arc satisfy the programmed timing characteristics, the control energizes extinction is fast, and arc energy levels do not increase as quickly at a trip solenoid in the recloser. This solenoid releases a latch, and a higher fault-current levels. spring-loaded toggle assembly opens the recloser contacts. Vacuum interrupters Types VWE, VWVE27, and VWVE38X use vacuum as the interrupting medium. Vacuum interrupters (Figure 4) provide fast, low-energy arc interruption with long contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and maximum operating safety. With arc interruption taking place in a vacuum, contact and interrupter life are several times greater than with interruption in oil, virtually eliminating interrupter maintenance. Because of the shorter contact stroke, mechanical stress and wear on the mechanism is substantially reduced. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters are designed with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength and long- term vacuum integrity. The high-alumina ceramic has more than five times the strength of glass, permits a higher processing temperature to develop maximum purity of the assembly, and is impervious to helium penetration to sustain the vacuum level. Metal end- closures and the arcing chambers are of high-purity alloy to minimize contamination.

Figure 4. Cross section of a typical vacuum interrupter used in vacuum interrupting reclosers.

Figure 3. Cross-section of a typical self-generating interrupter used in oil interrupting reclosers.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-9 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Closing Closing force – and the force to charge the opening springs – is supplied by a high-voltage closing solenoid connected phase- to-phase (Figure 5). When the recloser contacts are closed, the solenoid plunger is latched in the down position. This latch is tripped simultaneously with the release of the recloser opening springs, and the solenoid plunger moves upward for a closing operation. At the programmed reclosing time, the electronic control energizes a rotary solenoid in the recloser. Movement of the rotary solenoid allows a high-voltage contactor to close momentarily, connecting the closing solenoid to the line. The plunger is pulled into the solenoid closing the recloser contacts and charging the opening springs. Plunger movement also opens the high-voltage contactor (Figure 6), de-energizing the closing solenoid. Closing operation of the recloser mechanism activates a switch (b contact) in the recloser, disconnecting the rotary solenoid from the electronic control. The closing solenoid is designed for repeated-momentary rather than continuous operation. If a malfunction of the solenoid plunger or the closing-coil contactor results in the closing solenoid energizing for an extended period, a closing-solenoid fuse within the recloser opens the high-voltage circuit, protecting the closing solenoid from Figure 6. KA1143R double break contactor - applicable to the thermal damage. reclosers with potential coils rated above 30 kV.

CLOSING SOLENOID MAIN CONTACTS FUSE Manual operation SENSING CTs The recloser can be manually tripped at any time by lowering the ØC 5 6 TRIP SOLENOID yellow manual operating handle under the sleet hood. With the handle down, the control cannot close the recloser. CLOSING SOLENOID CONTACTOR Raising the yellow handle on a recloser may or may not close the CLOSING SOLENOID recloser pending the control type. SOURCE LOAD Raising the yellow handle on a recloser controlled with a Form 4C,

ØB 3 4 FXB, Form 5, or Form 6 control will not close the recloser. Manual closing is accomplished by raising the yellow handle and then moving the manual control switch to the close position. The recloser will close if the recloser closing coil has the proper voltage applied ROTARY SOLENOID SWITCH to it. Raising the yellow handle on a recloser controlled with a Form 3A ØA 1 2 control will close the recloser unless the control is in the lockout position. If the control is in the lockout position when the yellow handle is raised, manual closing is accomplished by moving the TERMINAL BUSHING manual control switch to the close position. The recloser will close if the recloser closing coil has the proper voltage applied CONTROL RECEPTACLE PIN to it. Similarly, the recloser can be operated from the manual control switch on the electronic control panel, provided the manual operating handle is up. A red contact position indicator flag, adjacent Figure 5. Diagram showing phase-to-phase connection of high- to the manual operating handle, shows recloser contact position. voltage closing solenoid.. Current sensing Three 1000:1-ratio current sensing transformers are provided with the recloser, supplying both phase and ground (zero-sequence) currents. They are connected to the control cabinet by means of a plug-in cable, which can be up to 125 ft. in length, thus permitting remote mounting of the control away from the recloser.

280-40-10 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Electronic controls Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X reclosers are controlled by Eaton's Cooper Power Systems electronic recloser control. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems offers a choice of electronic controls to use in conjunction with these reclosers.

Figure 7. Form 6 recloser control.

Figure 8. Form 5 micorprocessor-based recloser control.

The Form 6 control, shown in Figure 7, provides maximum protective hardware design and simple interactive graphical interfaces for complete user customization. All standard control The Form 5 control, shown in Figure 8, performs outstanding operating parameters including minimum trip levels, time-current protection, metering, and communication functions. The control curve selection, and sequences of recloser operation are keyboard includes three serial ports, one designated for the PC based programmable. configuration software, to meet expanded SCADA and automation This control utilizes a powerful PC-based interface software to applications. The Form 5 control includes extensive per-bushing configure control settings, record metering information, and metering to monitor up to six voltages for open tie applications, a establish communication parameters. It also provides analysis customizable data profiler, sequence of event recorder, and system tools that include fault locating, event recording, and oscillography alarms, all available through serial communications. functions. Numerous application problems are solved with loop scheme For complete descriptive and ordering information on the Form 6 availability, switch mode, and triple-single applications. control, refer to Bulletin 03010. For complete descriptive and ordering information on the Form 5 control, refer to Bulletin 99012.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-11 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Ratings and specifications

Table 16. Electrical Ratings Types Types Type Type Description WE and VWE WVE27 and VWVE27 VWVE38X WV38X Nominal system voltage (kV) 2.4-14.4 24.9 24.9-34.5 24.9-34.5 Maximum rated voltage (kV) 15.5 27 38 38 Rated impulse withstand voltage (BIL) (kV crest) 110 VWVE27: 125** 150 170 WVE27: 150 60 Hz withstand voltage (kV rms) Dry, one minute 50 60 70 70 Wet, ten seconds 45 50 60 60 Rated maximum continuous current (A) 560* 560* 560* 560* Bushing creepage distance (in.) 13 26-1/2 26-1/2 26-1/2 * Extendible to 800 amps with accessory. ** Extendible to 150 kV BIL with accessory on VWVE27 recloser only.

Table 17. Interrupting Ratings - Phase and Ground Trip Nominal Voltage Interrupting Rating Recloser Type (kV) (rms sym Amps) 4.8 12000 WE 8.32 10000 14.4 10000 VWE 14.4 12000 WVE27 24.9 8000 VWVE27 24.9 12000 WVE38X 34.5 8000 VWVE38X 34.5 12000

Table 18. Duty Cycle Type % of Interrupting Rating Number of Unit Operations Maximum Circuit X/R Value 15-20 28 3 45-55 20 7 WE 90-100 10 14 Total 58 15-20 28 4 45-55 20 8 WVE27 90-100 10 15 Total 58 15-20 28 4 45-55 20 8 WVE38X 90-100 10 15 Total 58 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VWE 90-100 32 15 Total 232 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VWVE27 90-100 32 15 Total 232 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 VWVE38X 90-100 32 15 Total 232

280-40-12 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

Dimensions and weights

Table 19. Dimensions of Recloser Without BCT Accessory* A B C D Type Bushing Type (In.) (In.) (In.) (In.)

WE 13 in. standard creepage or 17 in. extra 41 5/8 11 1/8 26 5/8 15 VWE creepage 43 7/8 11 1/8 28 7/8 15 WVE27 47 3/4 11 3/4 26 5/8 21 1/8 VWVE27 26 1/2 in. creepage 50 11 3/4 28 7/8 21 1/8 * Dimensions configured to the nearest 1/8 in.

Table 20. Dimensions of Recloser With BCT Accessory* A B C D Type Bushing Type (In.) (In.) (In.) (In.)

WE 13 in. standard creepage or 17 in. extra 46 3/8 11 7/8 26 5/8 19 3/4 VWE creepage 48 5/8 11 7/8 28 7/8 19 3/4 WVE27 52 1/2 12 5/8 26 5/8 25 7/8 VWVE27 26 1/2 in. creepage 54 3/4 12 5/8 28 7/8 25 7/8 * Dimensions configured to the nearest 1/8 in.

3 46 /8" 3 3 1 11 /8" 11 /8" 13 /2"

1 17 /8" 1 MAXIMUM 16 /4" WIDTH 1 Source Side VWE, WE: 3 /8" 1 VWVE27, WVE27: 4 /8"

Terminal Connectors 1/0 - 500 MCM D Ground Connector Tapped Holes 1 1 8 SOL-2/0 STR for /2-13 Bolts 1 /2"

Ground C Connector 1 /2-13

3 1 36 /4" 13 /8" 3 42 /8"

Figure 9. Dimensions of W-group 15 kV and 27 kV three-phase electronically controlled reclosers.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-13 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

3 46 /8" F FE

1 3 21 /4" 20 /8" MAXIMUM WIDTH Source Side

Terminal Connectors WVE38X, VWVE38X B 1/0 - 500 MCM 4" Tapped holes (12) 1 D for /2-13 bolts

1 Ground 1 /2" A Connector 1 /2-13

37" 1 17 /4" 5 42 /8"

Figure 10. Dimensions of W-group 38 kV three-phase electronically controlled reclosers.

Table 21. Weights and Oil Capacity Table 22. Dimensions of W-group 38 kV Recloser With and Without BCT Recloser Weight with Oil Capacity Accessory* Type Oil*(lb) (gal) A B C D E F WE 790 38 Type Bushing Type (In.) (In.) (In.) (In.) (In.) (In.) WVE38X 47 1/8 15 26 5/8 20 1/2 10 15 1/8 WVE27 840 38 VWVE38X 26 1/2 in. creepage 49 3/8 15 28 7/8 20 1/2 10 15 1/8 WVE38X 990 52 WVE38X 26 1/2 in. w/ BCT 51 3/4 15 7/8 26 5/8 25 1/8 9 1/2 15 5/8 VWE 790 45 VWVE38X 54 15 7/8 28 7/8 25 1/8 9 1/2 15 5/8 VWVE27 830 45 * Dimensions configured to the nearest 1/8 in. VWVE38X 990 61 * Add 25 lbs. for each bushing current transformer.

280-40-14 www.cooperpower.com Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-40 Effective July 2014

This page is intentionally left blank.

www.cooperpower.com 280-40-15 Technical Data 280-40 Types VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, WE, WVE27, and WVE38X three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Eaton and Cooper Power Systems are valuable Cooperpower.com trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other For Eaton's Cooper Power countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems three-phase recloser © 2014 Eaton these trademarks without the prior written product information call All Rights Reserved consent of Eaton. Printed in USA ANSI® is a registered trademark of the 1-877-277-4636 or visit: Publication No. 280-40 American National Standards Institute. www.cooperpower.com.

280-40-16 Effective May 2014 Technical Data 280-42 Supersedes December 2009 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, microprocessor- controlled recloser

Description The NOVA™ three-phase, electronically controlled, vacuum-interrupting automatic circuit reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems provide reliable, economical overcurrent protection, advanced metering, and automation systems for distribution circuits rated through 34.5 kV. The NOVA recloser combines solid cycloaliphatic-epoxy polymer- encapsulated vacuum interrupters with a reliable, lightweight operating mechanism that utilizes a magnetic actuator to provide a lifetime of trouble-free operation. The solid polymer system does not rely on a gaseous, liquid, or foam dielectric. The NOVA recloser is highly resistant to ozone, oxygen, moisture, contamination, and ultraviolet light. The NOVA recloser is available with two configuration options: control- powered interface and auxiliary-powered interface. Designed and tested to be compatible with Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems three-phase controls, these automatic circuit reclosers offer superior coordination, protection, and application capabilities. Recloser operations are programmed in an electronic control with accurate characteristics and a host of advanced features. Precise operating tolerances enable close coordination with other protective devices on the system. When system requirements change, program settings are easily altered with no sacrifice of accuracy or consistency. Compact and lightweight, NOVA reclosers are easily installed on poles or in substations. Mounting equipment is available for both pole and substation applications. Recloser and control accessories enable further tailoring of the protective program to achieve maximum system operating flexibility. Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems is strongly committed to improving the reliability of the electric power industry. Technological advances, including the newest microprocessor-based controls and solid insulation NOVA distribution switchgear products, represent our investment in the future. The NOVA recloser is not only a technological breakthrough, but a valuable component that brings significant operational savings to the utility business unit, lowering the installation, operation, training, and maintenance costs on your power distribution system. When needed, application expertise, backed by world-wide systems engineering knowledge and experience, is available. Customer-focused design capability, based on more than 65 years of recloser experience, has made Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems the industry leader. NOVA reclosers, like all reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems, are designed and manufactured in accordance with IEEE Std C37.60™- 2003 standard.

280-42-1 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Ratings and characteristic features Surge protection Three-phase protection on systems rated 2.4 through 14.4 kV is Best operating results are achieved if reclosers are protected provided by NOVA15 reclosers. NOVA27 reclosers can be applied with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is on systems rated through 27.6 kV. Higher-voltage system protection recommended on both sides of the recloser. (If protection is on one at 34.5 kV is provided by NOVA38 reclosers. A ratings summary side only, it should be on the source side. In substations, arresters for NOVA reclosers is shown in Tables 1–3. For ratings and basic should be on the load side.) Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems application information of other reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power distribution-class arresters provide excellent protection and are Systems, see Catalog Section 280-05. available with mounting brackets to fit our reclosers (see Catalog Sections 235-35 and 235-99). Operation Sensing current transformers, embedded in the recloser, supply Ordering information fault-sensing information to the electronic control. Tripping and closing signals from the control energize the operating circuits in the All NOVA reclosers include a Form 6 microprocessor-based recloser recloser. Due to a single CT ratio for all ratings, minimum-trip values control. The Form 6 control includes full protection, TCC Editor, of the electronic control are independent of the continuous-current metering, and diagnostics for your application needs. and interrupting ratings of the recloser. To order a NOVA recloser, electronic control, and control cable: Flexibility in coordination with other protective devices is provided 1. See the Constructing a Catalog Number section to construct a by varied time–current characteristics from a choice of standard or catalog number that describes the required recloser. customized curves, minimum trip values, reclosing and resetting 2. From Tables 6–13, specify the catalog numbers that describe the time settings, and a selection of accessories. required recloser accessories. Vacuum interruption 3. Order the required electronic recloser control (Base catalog A single break on each phase is accomplished by separating number of the control must be included when ordering a NOVA contacts inside the vacuum interrupter. All arcing is contained recloser). within the vacuum envelope. The patented axial-magnetic vacuum interrupters, used in NOVA reclosers, offers extended and increased duty cycles compared with oil or radial-magnetic interrupters. The axial-magnetic field keeps the arc in a diffused mode, resulting in less arc power to be dissipated, resulting in low thermal stress, suitable for encapsulation.

Data plate Manual OPEN handle

Figure 1. NOVA recloser.

280-42-2 www.cooperpower.com NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Technical Data 280-42 microprocessor-controlled reclosers Effective May 2014

Features and detailed description Surface tracking NOVA microprocessor-controlled, three-phase reclosers protect The cycloaliphatic epoxy is highly resistant to contaminants and systems operating through 34.5 kV (see Ratings and Specifications resists tracking and flashovers under extreme pollution levels to section of this catalog). These ratings and the wide range of reduce both flashovers and the associated cost of repairs. programmable settings provided by Eaton’s Cooper Power Hydrophobicity Systems electronic controls permit meeting a variety of application requirements. The module maintains excellent hydrophobicity, a property characterized by water beading into isolated drops, and is highly Recloser operation resistant to moisture absorption. Hydrophobicity prevents continuous Fault currents are sensed by three 1000:1 ratio sensing current sheets of water from forming leakage current paths that deteriorate transformers embedded in the recloser. These CTs provide a the creepage withstand level. continuous measurement of line current, monitored by the electronic Ultraviolet resistance control. When current level exceeds the programmed minimum trip level, the magnitude of the overcurrent is integrated with time, using The cycloaliphatic epoxy resists ultraviolet radiation damage even in a programmed time–current curve characteristic. The control then harsh climates, maintaining a smooth, unblemished, self-cleansing signals the trip in the recloser, opening the main contacts of all three surface with low-adhesion to contaminants. phases. Tensile strength The control signals tripping and closing. The recloser always Outstanding tensile and flexural strength characteristics mean the maintains energy for a tripping operation following a closing NOVA recloser modules are tough and non-fragmenting, reducing operation. shipment and handling charges. The electronic recloser control provides determination of phase- and Shed design ground-trip sequences and operations to lockout and reclosing and resetting timing, adjustable with the control without de-energizing The shed design utilizes alternate-sized skirts. The major sheds the recloser. shield and protect the minor sheds to enhance the hydrophobicity and ultraviolet resistance of the module, eliminate formation of Construction microcracks, and ensure extra-protected creepage. Additionally, Recloser sharp edges direct water away from the unit. Water paths and ice formations are effectively eliminated. Designed for long service life and no maintenance, the NOVA recloser has three solid-polymer interrupter modules with embedded Flashover recovery current transformers and a standard aluminum mechanism housing; Flashovers occur when an object, usually wildlife, contacts energized light gray is the standard color. parts of the equipment. The NOVA recloser minimizes the effect of Cycloaliphatic-epoxy polymer encapsulation provides solid insulation flashovers with remarkable physical resilience, arc-quenching proper- and maintenance-free, environmentally safe operation. There is no ties, and a self-healing ability. NOVA recloser can withstand the enor- monitoring or maintaining of gas pressure or oil levels; there are mous forces experienced during faults without wholesale damage no toxic or environmentally unfriendly materials. There are no foam and allows re-energizing after external flashover without cleaning. fillers or insulation seals, eliminating potential moisture ingress areas. The NOVA recloser module exhibits good absorption of elastic energy and resistance to cracking and crack propagation. Additionally, durable environmental properties make the solid polymer suitable for outdoor applications, including seacoasts, deserts, and areas of high pollution.

Heater Magnetic Actuator OPEN/CLOSE Manual OPEN Handle Mechanical Operations Counter Heater Contact Position Indicator

Aluminum Mechanism Trip-and-Close Actuator Board Auxiliary Input Control Cable Ground Connector Housing (Standard) Capacitors Power Receptacle Receptacle #10 - #2 Stranded Figure 2. NOVA recloser Type B mechanism with auxiliary-powered interface (view from bottom of recloser with bottom cover and actuator board safety shield removed).

www.cooperpower.com 280-42-3 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Vacuum interrupters Because the smallest amount of internal contamination can significantly shorten the life of a vacuum interrupter, special care is NOVA reclosers use vacuum as the interrupting medium. Vacuum taken to avoid even minute contamination from any source, including interrupters (Figure 3) provide fast, low-energy arc interruption with dust particles, machining oils, or human body salts. No paraffinic long contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and maxi- oils are used in the machining process, all machined parts are put mum operating safety. With arc interruption taking place in a vacu- through a cleaning/degreasing process, and then all components are um, contact and interrupter life are several times greater than with electro-polished in a positive-pressure, air-filtered area. A Class 100 interruption in oil, virtually eliminating interrupter maintenance. clean room facility is used for the final interrupter production. The Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters are designed furnaces employ a custom-designed, three-stage pumping system to with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength and yield high levels of vacuum. Every vacuum interrupter is then tested long-term vacuum integrity. Oxygen-free, high-conductivity copper, and tracked with individual serial numbers. stainless steel, and a nickel-copper alloy are used in the vacuum Electronic control interrupters. The high-alumina ceramic has more than five times the strength of glass, which permits a higher processing temperature NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 reclosers are controlled by an to develop maximum purity of the assembly, and is impervious to Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems three-phase electronic recloser helium penetration, maintaining the vacuum level. Additionally, it control. A choice of microprocessor-based controls are available to provides wear resistance, chemical resistance, and a high dielectric use in conjunction with these reclosers. strength. Control-powered interface Enclosed in the interrupter are a stationary and a moving contact assembly. The moving contact has a travel of approximately one- The Type D NOVA recloser mechanism (see Figure 4) with the half inch, its shaft passing through a flexible bellows that maintains control-powered interface is fully operational with Form 5 and vacuum integrity. Contacts consist of a high purity copper sintered Form 6 VTC-ready, microprocessor-based controls equipped with aluminathermic chromium. with the required dc-to-dc converter, interface circuit, and a fully shielded 19-pin cable. It is not compatible with the Types F3A nor FXB controls. The control-powered interface includes a 19-pin receptacle on the recloser and an internal heater (for humidity control) powered from the control input power supply (ac or dc). The dc-to-dc converter board converts the control’s 24 Vdc battery supply to 53 Vdc to charge the trip/close capacitors in the NOVA recloser mechanism. The dc-to-dc converter board also houses voltage monitoring and conditioning circuits that protect the battery from failure and provide trip/close operations without ac power. In the absence of ac power to the electronic control, the control battery will provide the trip and close operations. A complete four- trip sequence with minimal reclose intervals as configurated for each control is obtainable without ac power. The recloser and control system is capable of exceeding over one thousand operations on battery power only.

Figure 3. Cross section of a vacuum interrupter used in NOVA reclosers.

Potential Transformer

O (120/240 Vac) P E N

C L O S E D

Electronic Control

120/240 Vac Power Cable 19-Pin (optional) Control Cable Figure 4. Control-powered NOVA recloser configuration with potential transformer input power.

280-42-4 www.cooperpower.com NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Technical Data 280-42 microprocessor-controlled reclosers Effective May 2014

AC auxiliary input The trip-and-close capacitors are charged through both the ac auxiliary input power and the recloser control. Upon loss of ac Potential power, the capacitors will be continuously charged from the control Transformer battery to allow tripping and will also be trickle-charged to allow for

O (120/240 Vac) back-up closing. The charge on the capacitors will be maintained for P E N the duration of the control battery power. Allow one minute between back-up close operations to recharge the capacitors. However, the NOVA recloser is ready to trip immediately after performing a back- up closing. Should the battery power discharge to the disconnect level, back-up closing is disabled until ac auxiliary power is resumed. Electronic Apply ac auxiliary input power to the NOVA recloser to recharge the Control capacitors. 120/240 Vac Manual operation Power Cable 14-Pin (optional) The recloser can be opened manually with a hotstick to pull down Control Cable the yellow manual OPEN handle under the sleet hood. With the handle in the OPEN position, the control cannot close the recloser. 2-Pin Auxiliary-Powered Output Cable* The recloser is closed, following a manual open, by pushing the yellow handle back under the sleet hood and then using the micropro- *Note: Control receptacle ordered separately. cessor control to close the recloser. Figure 5. Auxiliary-powered NOVA recloser mechanism Similarly, the recloser can be operated from the manual control configuration with potential transformer input power. switch on the electronic control panel, provided the manual operating handle is up. A red contact position indicator flag, adjacent to the manual operating handle, shows recloser contact position. Auxiliary-powered interface Internal voltage sensor option The Type B NOVA recloser mechanism (see Figure 5) with the The NOVA recloser is available with internal voltage sensors at time auxiliary-powered interface is fully operational with standard Form 6 of order. Using a high-voltage resistor within each interrupter module microprocessor-based controls and standard 14-pin control cables. with source-side connections, the sensing option, cable, and control The auxiliary-powered interface includes a 14-pin receptacle on the support a magnitude accuracy of 2% or better and a phase degree recloser and an internal heater (for humidity control) powered from accuracy of ±1.5°. The internal voltage sensing option is compatible the auxiliary input power supply. with a Form 5 or Form 6 Pole-Mount controls. The Type B NOVA recloser mechanism, with the auxiliary-powered Accessories interface, requires a voltage source of 48 Vdc, 125 Vdc, 250 Vdc, 120 Vac, or 240 Vac, which must be specified at the time of order. The Auxiliary switch auxiliary-powered interface is connected to a 2-pin male receptacle A three-stage auxiliary switch can be provided as an accessory. located next to the 14-pin female control receptacle. The voltage Each stage has two independent contacts that permit any desired source is used to maintain power to the trip-and-close capacitors in combination of “a” (follow state of recloser contacts) and “b” the recloser and to power the heaters. (opposite recloser contacts) positions. The switch contacts are DC auxiliary input insulated for 600 V and have a continuous current rating of 10 A. Their interrupting ratings are shown in Table 5. The trip-and-close capacitors are maintained from the dc source. Upon loss of the dc power, the trip-and-close capacitors will maintain Terminals trip and close power for several minutes. If the trip-and-close The standard terminal is an eyebolt, 1/0–500 mcm (630 A). Eyebolt capacitors are discharged, the recloser is inoperative until dc power 4/0–1000 mcm (800 A), 2-hole and 4-hole, flat-pad terminals, and is resumed. stud-type terminals are available as an accessory. Pole-mounting hanger A pole-mounting hanger, which bolts directly to the recloser frame, is available for pole-mounting installation. Arrestor-mounting brackets The arrestor-mounting bracket accessory can be bolted to the recloser frame and pole-mounting hanger for the addition of inboard and outboard arresters. The arresters are not included with the brackets. Substation-mounting frame A substation-mounting frame accessory is available for substation- mounting applications.

www.cooperpower.com 280-42-5 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Ratings and specifications

Table 1. Voltage Ratings (kV) Description 15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV Maximum Voltage 15.5 kV 15.5 kV 29.2 kV 29.2 kV 38.0 kV Rated Basic Impulse Level 110.0 kV 125.0 kV 125.0 kV 150.0 kV 170.0 kV Radio Noise Limit (µV) 100 @ 9.4 kV 100 @ 9.4 kV 100 @ 16.4 kV 100 @ 16.4 kV 100 @ 23.0 kV Power Frequency Withstand, Dry 50 kV 50 kV 60 kV 60 kV 70 kV Power Frequency Withstand, Wet 45 kV 45 kV 50 kV 50 kV 60 kV

Table 2. Current Ratings (Amperes) Description 15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV Rated Continuous Current 630 A* 630 A* 630 A* 630 A* 630 A* Short Circuit Current, Symmetrical 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA** 12.5 kA Making Current, Asymmetrical Peak 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA 31.0 kA Cable Charging Current 10 A 10 A 25 A 25 A 40 A * 800 amp accessory is also available. ** 16.0 kA option is also available. (Making Current is 40.0 kA Asymmetrical Peak.)

Table 3. Mechanical Ratings Description 15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV Min. Mechanical/Electrical Operations 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Without Maintenance (C-O) Mass (Weight) - kg (lbs) 86 (190) 91 (200) 91 (200) 101 (223) 101 (223)

Table 4. Duty Cycle Minimum Percentage of Number of Circuit X/R Type Interrupting Rating Unit Operations Value NOVA 15-20 88 4 45-55 112 8 90-100 32 15 Total 232

Table 5. Auxiliary Switch Interrupting Ratings Non- Non- Inductive Inductive Inductive Inductive AC AC DC DC Volts (amps) (amps) (amps) (amps) 24 – – 15.0 20.0 48 – – 7.5 10.0 120 60 80 – – 125 – – 1.5 2.0 240 30 60 – – 250 – – 0.45 0.5

280-42-6 www.cooperpower.com NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Technical Data 280-42 microprocessor-controlled reclosers Effective May 2014

Dimensions

271 Terminal (10.75) A Connectors 1/0 - 500 MCM 388 388 (Standard) (15.5) (15.5) A A

Terminal Connectors B 1/0 - 500 MCM (Standard) C

O P E 285 N (11.25)

C L O S E D 285 1000 (11.25) (39.50) 413 (16.25) Note:NOTE: All All dimensions dimensions are are mm mm (inches). (inches). DimensionsDimensions shown shown are approximate are approximate..

Terminal Options A B C Eyebolt, 1/0 - 500 mcm 80 NOVA15 791 508 Cable Range (630 A maximum) (3.25) 110 kV BIL (31.25) (20) Eyebolt, 4/0 - 1000 mcm 108 NOVA15 847 564 Cable Range (800 A maximum) (4.25) 125 kV BIL (33.25) (22.25) Flat Pad, 2-hole 114 NOVA27 847 564 (630 A maximum) (4.5) 125 kV BIL (33.25) (22.25) Flat Pad, 4-hole 121 NOVA27 946 663 (800 A maximum) (4.75) 150 kV BIL (37.25) (26.0) Stud Type, 1.125 - 12 threads 82 NOVA38 946 663 (800 A maximum) (3.25) 170 kV BIL (37.25) (26.0)

Creepage Distances

15 kV 15 kV 27 kV 27 kV 38 kV Description 110 kV BIL 125 kV BIL 125 kV BIL 150 kV BIL 170 kV BIL Terminal to terminal 1052 1052 1052 1052 1052 (41.5) (41.5) (41.5) (41.5) (41.5) Lower terminal to ground/earth 673 772 772 950 950 (26.5) (30.5) (30.5) (37.5) (37.5)

Figure 6. NOVA recloser dimensions, NOVA27 shown.

www.cooperpower.com 280-42-7 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Note: All dimensions are mm (inches). Dimensions shown are approximate.

Pole

1089 (43.0) 637 (25.0) 592 Min. (23.25) A

Mounting

O P Holes 290 E N for (11.5) 0.75 Bolts 686 mm (27 in)

779 (30.75) Pole Pole

Terminal Options A Dimension B Eyebolt, 1/0 - 500 mcm 80 NOVA15 791 Cable Range (630 A maximum) (3.25) 110 kV BIL (31.25) Eyebolt, 4/0 - 1000 mcm 108 NOVA15 847 Cable Range (800 A maximum) (4.25) 125 kV BIL (33.25) Flat Pad, 2-hole 114 NOVA27 847 (630 A maximum) (4.5) 125 kV BIL (33.25) Flat Pad, 4-hole 121 NOVA27 946 (800 A maximum) (4.75) 150 kV BIL (37.25) Stud Type, 1.125 - 12 threads 82 NOVA38 946 (800 A maximum) (3.25) 170 kV BIL (37.25)

Figure 7. Dimensions of NOVA recloser with pole-mounting hanger and arrester-mounting bracket accessories.

280-42-8 www.cooperpower.com NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Technical Data 280-42 microprocessor-controlled reclosers Effective May 2014

Note: All dimensions are mm (inches). NOTE:Dimensions All dimensions shown are are mmapproximate. (inches). Dimensions shown are approximate.

C O P E N

870 (34.25)

2216 (87.25) adjustable to 2826 (111.25) in 76 (3) increments

965 (38) 457 (18) 1060 19 (0.75) 552 (41.75) Mounting Hole (4) (21.75)

Terminal Options A B C Eyebolt, 1/0 - 500 mcm 80 NOVA15 791 508 Cable Range (630 A maximum) (3.25) 110 kV BIL (31.25) (20) Eyebolt, 4/0 - 1000 mcm Cable Range 108 NOVA15 847 564 (800 A maximum) (4.25) 125 kV BIL (33.25) (22.25) Flat Pad, 2-hole 114 NOVA27 847 564 (630 A maximum) (4.5) 125 kV BIL (33.25) (22.25) Flat Pad, 4-hole 121 NOVA27 946 663 (800 A maximum) (4.75) 150 kV BIL (37.25) (26.0) Stud Type, 1.125 - 12 threads 82 NOVA38 946 663 (800 A maximum) (3.25) 170 kV BIL (37.25) (26.0)

Figure 8. Dimensions of NOVA recloser with substation-mounting frame accessory.

www.cooperpower.com 280-42-9 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Constructing a catalog number To order a basic NOVA recloser with eyebolt terminals, for use with 120 Vac closing and a 14-pin control cable, the catalog number would be constructed like this: KNOVA Basic letters for a NOVA recloser with base Form 6 recloser control* 15A Recloser Type: 15A for 15 kV, 630 A continuous, 12.5 kA interrupting 27A for 27 kV, 630 A continuous, 12.5 kA interrupting 38A for 38 kV, 630 A continuous, 12.5 kA interrupting 1 Bushing Terminals: 1 for eyebolt terminal, 1/0 to 500 MCM, 630 A max.† 3 for 2-hole flat pad terminal, 630 A max. 4 for 4-hole flat pad terminal, 800 A max. 5 for stud-type terminal, 800 A max. 1 Interface: 1 for NOVA AP, with auxiliary-powered interface 120 Vac closing (14-pin & 2-pin receptacles) 2 for NOVA AP, with auxiliary-powered interface 240 Vac closing (14-pin & 2-pin receptacles) 3 for NOVA CP, with control-powered interface (19-pin receptacle), 120 Vac Heater 4 for NOVA CP, with control-powered interface (19-pin receptacle), 240 Vac Heater 5 for NOVA AP, with auxiliary-powered interface 125 Vdc closing (14-pin & 2-pin receptacles) 6 for NOVA AP, with auxiliary-powered interface 250 Vdc closing (14-pin & 2-pin receptacles) 7 for NOVA AP, with auxiliary-powered interface 48 Vdc closing (14-pin & 2-pin receptacles) KNOVA 15A 1 1 KNOVA15A11 is the catalog number for the required basic NOVA recloser.

* Include the base catalog number of the selected control when ordering a NOVA recloser. † Standard terminal, included when ordering a NOVA recloser.

Table 6. BIL Options Table 8. Continuous Current Options* Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number 15 kV 125 kV BIL KNOVA28-1 15 kV 800 A option KNOVA22-1 27 kV 150 kV BIL KNOVA25-1 27 kV 800 A option KNOVA24-1 38 kV 800 A option KNOVA27-1

* When ordering the standard eyebolt terminal in conjunction with the 800 A option, eyebolt terminals suitable for 4/0 – 1000 mcm conductors will be provided. Table 7. Interrupting Rating* Description Catalog Number Table 9. Internal Voltage Sensing Option* 16 kA Maximum Interrupting 16 kA Description Catalog Number * Applicable to KNOVA15A/27A only Internal Voltage Sensing option, KNOVA-848 15.5-38 kV Internal Voltage Sensing Cable KA97ME (basic cable, no length) Internal Voltage Sensing Cable, maximum 50 feet KA97ME-X Replace X with number of feet.

* Available with Form 5 and Form 6 Controls only.

280-42-10 www.cooperpower.com NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Technical Data 280-42 microprocessor-controlled reclosers Effective May 2014

Table 10. Mounting Equipment Catalog Description Number Single pole-mounting hanger with stainless steel hardware KNOVA54-3 Single concrete-pole-mounting hanger with stainless steel hardware KNOVA54-4 Surge-arrester-mounting brackets with stainless steel hardware KNOVA61-2 Inboard Outboard KNOVA61-1 Alley-pole-mounting hanger with stainless steel hardware KNOVA352-1 Arrester brackets (set of 3) KNOVA353-1 Arrester brackets (set of 6) KNOVA353-2 Substation-mounting frame with stainless steel hardware KNOVA59-1 includes control-mounting bracket for FXA, FXB (single- and double-size cabinet), Form 5, and Form 6 Yard and Pole Mount Field kit for NOVA recloser on substation-mounting frame KA89WV1 KNOVA457-1 Field kit for NOVA recloser on substation-mounting frame KA584R1 KNOVA457-4

Table 11. Factory Assembly Catalog Description Number Recloser in single pole-mounting hanger KNOVA54-3 KNOVA354-1 Recloser in single pole-mounting hanger KNOVA54-3 with arrester brackets KNOVA354-2 Recloser on alley-pole-mounting hanger KNOVA352-1 KNOVA456-1 Recloser on alley-pole-mounting hanger KNOVA352-1 with arrester brackets KNOVA456-2

* Covers factory assembly only; recloser, control, and mounting equipment must be ordered separately.

Table 12. Auxiliary Switch Catalog Description Number Three-stage auxiliary switch with six independent contacts KNOVA66-2 and receptacle for KNOVA82 cable Auxiliary switch cable for KNOVA66-2, auxiliary switch to control, KNOVA82 (basic cable, no length) Auxiliary switch cable, maximum 100 feet. KNOVA82-X Replace X with number of feet.

Table 13. Miscellaneous Accessories Catalog Description Number Low-voltage AC input cable (auxiliary-powered Type B interface only, basic cable, no length) KA11ME1 Replace X with number of feet. KA11ME1-X Source and load wildlife guards, 630 A recloser (set of 6) KNOVA56-6 Source and load wildlife guards, 800 A recloser (set of 6) KGS560-6

www.cooperpower.com 280-42-11 Technical Data 280-42 NOVA15, NOVA27, and NOVA38 three-phase, Effective May 2014 microprocessor-controlled reclosers

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, and NOVA are Waukesha, WI 53188 valuable trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and United States other countries. You are not permitted to use Cooperpower.com the these trademarks without the prior written For Eaton’s Cooper Power consent of Eaton. © 2014 Eaton IEEE Std C37.60™-2003 standard is a Systems NOVA recloser All Rights Reserved trademark of the Institute of Electrical and product information call Printed in USA Electronics Engineers, Inc., (IEEE). This Publication No. 280-42 publication is not endorsed or approved by 1-877-277-4636 or visit: www. May 2014 the IEEE. cooperpower.com.

280-42-12 Effective July 2014 Technical Data 280-45 Supersedes March 2003 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A; three-phase; air-insulated; electronically controlled recloser

General VSA-group electronically controlled, three- phase, automatic circuit reclosers with vacuum interrupters from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems, provide reliable and economical overcurrent protection for 15 kV distribution systems. VSA-group reclosers are available with ratings up to 1200 amps continuous and 20,000 amps interrupting current, for line and substation applications. A choice of electronic recloser controls enables the user to meet a wide variety of application requirements. The use of vacuum as the interrupting medium and air as the insulating medium, improves safety and substantially reduces long term maintenance VSA16 recloser costs. The reclosers in this group provide service- proven dependability and long operating life. Commanded by an Eaton's Cooper Power Systems electronic recloser control, these automatic circuit reclosers offer superior coordination and application capability, unmatched by other system protection apparatus. The variety of available VSA- group ratings permits the user to select precisely the right recloser for the protection required. Recloser operations are programmed on the electronic control panel with accurate, preset tripping characteristics and reclosing times, enabling close coordination with other protective devices on the system. When system requirements change, program settings are easily altered with no sacrifice of accuracy or consistency. Recloser and control accessories enable further tailoring of the protective program to achieve maximum system operating flexibility. When needed, application expertise, backed by VSA20A recloser world wide recloser application experience, is readily available. Knowledgeable design capability – based on over 50 years of recloser manufacturing experience – has made Eaton's Cooper Power Systems the industry leader. Progressive product development programs, using the latest technologies, have resulted in the production of modern, efficient Eaton's Cooper Power Systems reclosers. Since the majority of faults are temporary in nature, they can be cleared with only a momentary circuit interruption. Therefore, permanent outages are usually prevented. With outage time kept to a minimum, customer service and system reliability is improved and utility income is maintained. VSA-group reclosers, like all reclosers from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems, are designed and built in accordance with ANSI® C37.60.

280-45-1 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Ratings Table 1. Summary of Ratings VSA-group reclosers can be applied in a wide variety of protective Maximum Interrupting schemes on distributions systems ranging from 2.4 through 14.4 kV. Nominal Maximum Rating at Voltage Continuous Nominal Voltage Interrupting Recloser Basic ratings are shown in Table 1. (kV) Current (amps) (sym amps) Medium Type Characteristic features 14.4 600 12000 vacuum VSA12B 14.4 800 12000 vacuum VSA12 Fault-sensing information for VSA-group reclosers is supplied to the electronic control by bushing-type current transformers mounted in 14.4 800 16000 vacuum VSA16 the recloser. Tripping and closing signals from the control energize 14.4 800 20000 vacuum VSA20 operating circuits in the recloser. 14.4 1200 20000 vacuum VSA20A Minimum-trip values of the control are independent of the continuous current and interrupting ratings of the recloser. Flexibility in coordination with other protective devices is provided by dual Ordering information time-current characteristics available from a broad choice of time- A complete electronically controlled VSA-group recloser installation current curves, a wide range of minimum-trip values, and a variety of includes: programmable reclosing times. • Recloser and its accessories. Energy to operate the vacuum interrupters is provided by a motor- • Electronic control and its accessories. driven operator supplied from a 240 Vac source. The motor operator closes the recloser by charging the closing springs, which in turn • Control cable. provides the force to close the vacuum interrupters and charge the • Mounting equipment. opening springs. To order a recloser, electronic control, and control cable: Since their introduction in 1966, Eaton's Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters have had an excellent reliability record and have 1. Use Table 2 to specify the catalog number that describes the grown to be the most complete line of vacuum switchgear available required recloser. in the industry. 2. From Tables 3 - 8, specify the catalog numbers that describe the Mounting equipment required recloser accessories and mounting equipment. 3. Order the required electronic recloser control. (The control is VSA-group reclosers are furnished in standard frames with corner priced separately from the recloser.) lifting eyes. Mounting equipment is available for either pole or substation installation of the recloser (See Table 6 for mounting accessories). Table 2. Basic Recloser Catalog Numbers Recloser Type Catalog Number Surge protection VSA12B KVS-15-12-600 Best operating results are achieved when reclosers are protected VSA12 KVS-15-12-800 with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is recommended on both sides of a recloser. If protection is to be VSA16 KVS-15-16-800 provided on one side only, it should be on the source side. In VSA20 KVS-15-20-800 substations, arresters should be located on the load side. VSA20A KVS-15-20-1200 Eaton's Cooper Power Systems distribution-class surge arresters provide excellent protection. See Catalog Section 235-35 for information about the UltraSIL™ Polymer-Housed VariSTAR™ surge arrester and Catalog Section 235-99 for the UltraSIL Polymer-Housed Evolution™ surge arrester.

280-45-2 www.cooperpower.com Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-45 Effective July 2014

Table 3. Multi-Ratio Bushing Current-Sensing Transformers; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number Three 600:5 BCTs (accuracy class C100) on bushings 1, 3, and 5 KA65VS1 Three 600:5 BCTs (accuracy class C100) on bushings 2, 4, and 6 KA65VS2 Three 1200:5 BCTs (accuracy class C200) on bushings 1, 3, and 5 KA65VS3 Three 1200:5 BCTs (accuracy class C200) on bushings 2, 4, and 6 KA65VS4

Table 4. Bushings, Terminals; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number 17-in.-creepage bushings, VSA12B, VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 KA59VS Stud-type terminals, 11¼8-12 UNF-2A, VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 KA79VS1 4 hole flat-pad terminals, VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 KA79VS2 Stud-type terminals, 11¼8-12 UNF-2A, VSA12B KA79VS3 4 hole flat-pad terminals, VSA12B KA79VS4

Table 5. Service-Related; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number 120 Vac motor operator KA60VSM2 External spring-charging accessory* KA59VSM2 External contact-position-indicating accessory KA61VSM4 * Cannot be used with 2 sets of multi-ratio BCTs.

Table 6. Mounting Equipment Description Catalog Number VSA12B, VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 Substation mounting frame extension KA55VS1 Electronic control mounting bracket Double-size cabinet KA55VS4 Single-pole mounting hanger KA56VS VSA20A Substation mounting frame extension KA55VS8 Electronic control mounting bracket Double-size cabinet KA55VS9 Single-pole mounting hanger KA52VSM

Table 7. Remote Operation and Indication; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number Three -stage auxiliary switch KA55VSM3

Table 8. Form 6 Rack Mount Substation Interface; Factory-Installed Description Catalog Number DC Station Supply Interface* KVS-SS-XXX** * Requires a dc source from a substation battery. ** Specify station supply voltage. Replace XXX with 24, 48, or 125 to indicate dc voltage.

www.cooperpower.com 280-45-3 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Features and detailed description

BUSHINGS wet-process porcelain; can be field replaced. LIFTING EYES all four corners enable balanced lifting for easy WEATHERPROOF installation. OPERATOR CABINET provision for padlocking; window to view contact position indicator. BUSHING LEAD silverplated copper for ample current carrying capacity.

VACUUM INTERRUPTER ASSEMBLY permits convenient interrupter INTERRUPTER SUPPORTS inspection and replacement. epoxy-fiberglass; provide mechanical and electrical strength.

STANDARD FRAME can be pole-mounted without crossarms; leg extensions are available for substation use. Figure 1. VSA20A three-phase, air-insulated vacuum recloser with inspection cover removed.

Recloser Construction VSA-group three-phase reclosers from Eaton's Cooper Power Eaton's Cooper Power Systems air-insulated vacuum reclosers offer Systems feature vacuum interruption with air insulation and low- extra-long service life and require minimal maintenance. Duty cycles voltage motor operation. These reclosers are designed for circuit are four times those of comparably rated oil-interrupting reclosers. protection on systems operating through 14.4 kV. Vacuum interrupter contacts, as well as the entire recloser, require Because of the large selection of continuous and interrupting current no service other than periodic maintenance inspection. ratings and the flexibility provided by Eaton's Cooper Power Systems Housings are fabricated of hot-rolled steel which is phosphatized to electronic recloser controls; VSA-group reclosers can be applied to resist corrosion, then finished with polyester powder paint. Finish meet a wide variety of requirements. color is light gray, Munsell 5BG 7.0/0.4 The vacuum interrupters in VSA reclosers provide reliable, shock free Nonferrous alloys are used for mechanism linkages; stainless steel fault-current interruption with long interrupter life. The combination of is used for shafts and hardware. Other steel parts are plated. Needle vacuum interruption and air insulation provides longer maintenance bearing or hard brass bushings are swaged into mechanism plates intervals and lower maintenance costs than comparable oil-insulated and linkages to provide long, trouble-free life for moving parts. reclosers. Vacuum interruption also provides greater safety for indoor All gears and latches are permanently lubricated; sealed ball bearings applications than arc interruption in oil. are used in the motor. Closing and tripping operations of the recloser are both powered by For ease of inspection, all internal parts are readily accessible by springs. The motor-operator loads the closing springs, which charge removing an inspection panel on either side of the recloser. the opening springs during closing. Vacuum interrupters are mounted independently of the bushings. An external 240 Vac source supplies power for the motor operator The bushing rods clamp to a current transfer member of the and the cabinet heaters. The 240 Vac supply is not required to trip interrupter mounting assembly. Therefore, the bushings can be the recloser. replaced quickly and easily without disturbing the interrupter or Fault currents are sensed by 1000:1-ratio bushing current requiring any interrupter adjustment. transformers mounted in the recloser (2000:1 current transformers Insulating supports for the three interrupters are made of filament- are used in VSA20 and VSA20A reclosers), which provide sensing wound glass epoxy for high electrical and mechanical strength and of both phase and ground (zero sequence) currents. They provide moisture resistance. a continuous measurement of line current that is monitored by the recloser control. When the control’s programmed minimum trip level Cabinet heaters are provided in both the operator mechanism is exceeded, the control energizes the trip solenoid in the recloser cabinet and the interrupter mechanism cabinet. The heaters are operating mechanism, opening the recloser. supplied from the 240-Vac auxiliary power source and are connected through a DPST on-off toggle switch and one amp fuses. The mechanism cabinet heater operates at 57 watts. The enclosure heaters operate at 115 watts total.

280-45-4 www.cooperpower.com Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-45 Effective July 2014

Closing Closing energy, as well as the force to charge the opening springs, is supplied by the motor operating mechanism, through motor-loaded closing springs. A 240 Vac motor charges the closing springs through a multi-stage gear drive. When 240 Vac is present, the motor is automatically operated to keep the closing springs in a charged state. To close the recloser, the control initiates a signal which energizes a solenoid in the recloser operating mechanism. Once actuated, the solenoid releases the closing springs, which close the vacuum interrupters and charge the opening springs. Stored energy provides multiple operations Should the recloser’s 240 Vac motor supply voltage be lost while the closing spring is charged and contacts are closed, an Open- Close-Open sequence remains stored in the recloser operating mechanism. If the recloser trips under these conditions, the stored closing operation allows an immediate reclosing, if required. After Figure 2. Vacuum interrupter assembly. such a closing, one additional trip operation then remains stored. Once closed, the recloser always contains energy for at least one trip operation.

Motor operation Manual operation VSA-group air-insulated, vacuum reclosers employ a 240 Vac, motor- A closed recloser can be manually tripped from inside the operator driven operating mechanism to charge closing and opening springs. cabinet, using the RESET-TRIP knob, or from outside the cabinet by pulling down the Manual Trip pull-ring. When the recloser is Tripping manually tripped, the closing circuit is opened to prevent reclosing. Recloser tripping employs stored spring energy. When line current The recloser can be manually restored to service by placing the exceeds the programmed minimum-trip value, in one or more RESET-TRIP knob at RESET and moving the manual control switch phases, the control energizes a trip solenoid in the operating on the recloser control to CLOSE. The manual control switch on the mechanism. The solenoid trips a latch which releases a spring-loaded recloser control panel can also be used for tripping. toggle assembly, opening the recloser contacts and a switch which The recloser can be manually closed by pulling down the Manual interrupts the 24-volt signal from the control. Maximum clearing time Close Pullring located under the operator cabinet. is 2-1/2 cycles. An emergency means is provided to manually close VSA-group reclosers Tripping, because it employs stored spring energy released by a on a de-energized line in the absence of the 240 Vac power supply. 24-volt signal from the control, will occur even if the 240-volt supply is lost.

AUXILIARY SWITCH CONTACT POSITION INDICATOR (accessory) is available to linked to main operating shaft; provide remote indication of visible through window in operator recloser contact position. cabinet.

MANUAL RESET-TRIP KNOB DRIVE MOTOR provides means for manual trip- 240 Vac operates closing ping; must be in RESET position to mechanism; needs no permit closing. lubrication. SPRING CHARGE INDICATOR linked to closing springs; for indication of stored energy operation OPERATOR CABINET HEATER in event of loss of low voltage control switch and fuse. motor supply.

MANUAL CLOSE LEVER permits manual closing of the recloser. MULTI-RATIO CT TERMINAL BOARD (accessory) provides convenient customer connection to the desired current transformer ratio. MANUAL CLOSE PULLRING permits manual closing of the MANUAL TRIP PULLRING recloser. provides means for manual tripping.

Figure 3. VSA-group recloser operating mechanism components.

www.cooperpower.com 280-45-5 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

A hand crank can be applied to the motor to charge the closing springs. Once charged, the closing springs can be released either from inside or from below the operator mechanism cabinet. As with electrical operations, the opening springs are charged by release of the closing springs, so even a manually closed unit has sufficient stored energy for a trip operation. Vacuum interrupters The high quality vacuum interrupters used in VSA-group reclosers are manufactured exclusively at the Distribution Switchgear plant. Eaton's Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters are used worldwide in the industry’s broadest line of fault protection and switching apparatus, where they have established a proven record of long term reliability. Vacuum interrupters provide fast, low energy arc interruption with long contact and interrupter life and low mechanical stress. With arc interruption taking place in a vacuum, contact and interrupter Figure 5. Form 6 microprocessor-based recloser control. life are four times greater than with interruption in oil. At the same time, mechanical stress and wear on the mechanism is substantially reduced. Combined, these factors result in greatly reduced maintenance costs over the life of the recloser. Microprocessor-based control for maximum Vacuum interrupters from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems are flexibility designed with a metal-and-ceramic housing for maximum strength. The high-alumina ceramic used in Eaton's Cooper Power Systems The operation of a VSA-group recloser is commanded by an Eaton's vacuum interrupters permits a high processing temperature to Cooper Power Systems electronic recloser control. develop maximum purity of the assembly and is impervious to The Form 6 control, shown in Figure 4, provides maximum helium penetration. Metal end closures and the arcing chambers are protective hardware design and simple interactive graphical of high-purity alloys to minimize contamination. interfaces for complete user customization. All standard control Enclosed in the interrupter is a stationary and a moving contact operating parameters including minimum trip levels, time-current assembly. The moving contact has a travel of 7/16 in., its shaft curve selection, and sequences of recloser operation are keyboard passing through a flexible bellows which maintains vacuum integrity. programmable. Contacts are made of a special non-welding alloy. This control utilizes a powerful PC based interface software to Because even the smallest amount of internal contamination configure control settings, record metering information, and can significantly shorten a vacuum interrupter’s life, a state-of- establish communication parameters. It also provides analysis the-art clean-room manufacturing facility is used for vacuum tools that include fault locating, event recording, and oscillography interrupter production. Special care is taken to avoid even minute functions. contamination; whether it be from dust particles, machining oils, or The Form 6 rack mount substation interface accessory enables human body salts. application of Form 6 rack mount controls and VSA reclosers to substation installations. Located in the motor operator cabinet, the substation interface accessory allows the Form 6 rack mount control to be located up to 500 ft. from a VSA recloser. (Table 9). The factory-installed interface accessory may be powered by a either a 24, 48, or 125 Vdc substation battery, as specified at time or order. The quiescent battery drain upon the substation is only 40 milliamperes. All VSA reclosers include a 14 pin control cable receptacle to provide convenient connection of the Form 6 rack mount recloser control to either the KA85ME control cable or KME6-1859/ KME6-1811 junction boxes. For complete descriptive information on the Form 6 control, refer to Bulletins B280-00031 and B280-00032.

Figure 4. Vacuum interrupters are used in VSA-group reclosers.

280-45-6 www.cooperpower.com Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-45 Effective July 2014

Table 12. Cable lengths for Form 6 rack mount substation Ratings and specifications interface accessory Cable Lengths for 24 Vdc Substation Form 6 Interface Accessory Table 9. Voltage Ratings Wire Gauge Meters Feet Maximum Design Voltage (kV) 15.5 18 AWG 12 40 16 AWG 18 60 Nominal Operating Voltage (kV) 2.4-14.4 14 AWG 30 100 Basic Insulation Level (BIL) (kV) 110 12 AWG* 50 175 60 Hertz Withstand Voltage (kV) Dry, one minute 50 Cable Lengths for 48 Vdc Substation Form 6 Interface Accessory Wet, ten seconds 45 Wire Gauge Meters Feet Max RIV at 1.0 MHz/9.41 kV (micro-volts) 100 18 AWG 24 80 16 AWG 36 120 14 AWG 60 200 12 AWG* 100 350 Table 10. Current Ratings Cable Lengths for 48 Vdc Substation Form 6 Interface Accessory Continuous Current Rating (amps) Wire Gauge Meters Feet VAS12B 600 VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 800 18 AWG 48 120 VSA20A 1,200 16 AWG 54 180 Symmetric Interrupting Current (amps) 14 AWG 90 300 VSA12, VSA12B 12,000 12 AWG* 150 500 VSA16 16,000 VSA20, VSA20A 20,000 * 12 gauge cable to be used with junction box accessory KME6-1859 or KME6-1181. Cable Charging Current (amps) 2 Magnetizing Current (amps) VSA12,VSA12B VSA16, VSA20 28 VSA20A 42 Three-Second Current, Symmetric (amps) VSA12, VSA12B 12,000 VSA16 16,000 VSA20, VSA20A 20,000 Momentary Current, Asymmetric (amps) VSA12, VSA12B 20,000 VSA16 25,600 VSA20, VSA20A 32,000 Capacitive Switching, General Purpose, Isolated Bank (amps). 250

Table 11. Electrical Specifications Trip Solenoid: Operating voltage (Vdc) 24 Peak current (A) 12.2 Actuation time (cycles) 1.25 Close Solenoid: Operating voltage (Vdc) 24 Peak current (A) 15.5 Actuation time (cycles) 1.5 Spring Charging Motor: Standard Accessory Operating Voltage (Vac) 240 120 Voltage Range (Vac) 160-257 90-127 Maximum Current, RMS (A) 14 18 Steady State Current (A) 4.1 9 Motor Running Time (cycles) 40 40 Sensing Current Transformers VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16 1000:1 VSA20, VSA20A 2000:1 Maximum Arcing Time (cycles) 1.0 Interrupting Time (cycles) 2.5

www.cooperpower.com 280-45-7 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

Table 13. Mechanical Life Open-Close, no load, operations 2500

Table 14. Bushing Specifications Bushing creepage distance (in.) VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20 12* VSA20A 17 Arcing distance (in.) - phase to ground VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20 7 1¼2 VSA20A 7 3¼4 Arcing distance (in.) - phase to phase VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20 9 5¼8 VSA20A 11 * 17 in. creepage distance available as an accessory.

Table 15. Duty Cycle Percent of Maximum Circuit Maximum X/R Ratio Number of Unit Operations Interrupting Rating 15-20 4 88 45-55 8 112 90-100 15 32 Total 232

Table 16. Mechanical Specifications Operating Temperature (°C) Minimum -30 Maximum VSA12,VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20 +50 VSA20A +40 Closing Mechanism Spring Operated Opening Mechanism Spring Operated Contact Gap (inches) 7/16 Close Contact Travel Time (cycles) 0.5 Open Contact Travel Time (cycles) 0.5 Allowable Contact Erosion (inches) 0.125 Opening Time (24 Vdc solenoid), signal to Contact Part (msec.) 25 Closing Time (24 Vdc solenoid), signal to Contact Make (msec.) 32

Table 17. Auxiliary Switch Interrupting Ratings Non-Inductive as Non-Inductive dc Volts Inductive as (amps) (amps) Inductive dc (amps) (amps) 24 – – 15.0 20.0 48 – – 7.5 10.0 120 60 80 – – 125 – – 1.5 2.0 240 30 60 – – 250 – – 0.45 0.5

280-45-8 www.cooperpower.com Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-45 Effective July 2014

Dimensions and weights

UNIVERSAL CLAMP TYPE TERMINAL VSA12, VSA16, VSA20 ACCEPTS 4/0 TO 1000 MCM CABLE VSA12B ACCEPTS 1/0 TO 500 MCM CABLE 55-3/4 44-1/2 24-1/2 10-1/4 11-1/4 12 12 12 3-1/8 26" CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR BUSHING REMOVAL 13-1/8

61-1/8 14-3/4 DOOR OPEN

22 42 KNOCKOUTS (3) FOR SOURCE 1" CONDUIT FITTING IN BOTTOM OF OPERATING CABINET 16-1/4 4 Recloser Type Weight* (lbs) 6-1/4 4-1/4 VSA12/12B/16/20 525 * Add 25 lbs. for each bushing current transformer.

Figure 6. Outline dimensions for Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16 and VSA20 reclosers.

www.cooperpower.com 280-45-9 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Effective July 2014

VSA20A 1-1/4 - 12 UNF THREADED STUD TERMINALS 62-3/4 51-1/2 32-1/2 11-3/4 11-1/4 14 14 14 3-7/16 26" CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR BUSHING REMOVAL 13

62-3/4 14-3/4 DOOR OPEN

30 49

KNOCKOUTS (3) FOR SOURCE 1" CONDUIT FITTING IN BOTTOM OF Recloser Type Weight* (lbs) OPERATING CABINET 20-1/4 4 VSA20A 740 * Add 25 lbs. for each bushing current transformer.

10-1/4 8-1/4

Figure 7. Outline dimensions for Type VSA20A recloser.

280-45-10 www.cooperpower.com Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three-phase reclosers Technical Data 280-45 Effective July 2014

STANDARD ELECTRONIC RECLOSER CONTROL CABINET MOUNTING BRACKETS: FRONT KA55VS2 KA55VS4 (DOUBLE-SIZE CONTROL CABINET) BACK KA55VS3 KA55VS5 (DOUBLE-SIZE CONTROL CABINET)

FRONT VSA12/12B/16/20 VSA20A A 22-1/2 30-1/2 B 82-15/16 84-7/8 C 37-1/4 39-1/4 OPTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS D 20 22 FOR MOUNTING ELECTRONIC RECLOSER CONTROL (FOR E 36-3/4 38-3/4 CLARITY, OPERATOR ON F 42-1/2 49-1/2 FRONT OF RECLOSER IS NOT SHOWN)

D OPER. DOUBLE-SIZE CAB. B CAB. (AT MINIMUM C E HEIGHT) STANDARD ADJUSTABLE 13-1/2 CABINET VSA12/12B/16/20 96-1/16 TO 114-1/16 ELEC. VSA20A 18 CNTRL. 97-7/8 TO 115-7/8 STD. SIZE CAB. IN 3" CAB. INCREMENTS 34-3/4 DBL. SIZE CAB. ALTERNATE MOUNTING ELECTRONIC CONTROL (SEE DETAIL) SUBSTATION MOUNTING FRAMES: GROUNDING CONNECTOR VSA12, VSA12B, 2/0-250 MCM VSA16, VSA20 — KA55VS1 VSA20A — KA55VS8

1-1/4 A 1-1/4 1-1/4 F 1-1/4

3/4 DIA. HOLES FOR 5/8 ANCHOR BOLTS (4), NOT FURNISHED

Recloser Type Weight* (lbs) VSA12/12B/16/20 675 VSA20A 890 *Add 25 lbs. for each bushing current transformer.

Figure 8. Outline dimensions and weights for VSA-group reclosers with substation mounting frame accessory (weights shown are for recloser and mounting frame only).

www.cooperpower.com 280-45-11 Technical Data 280-45 Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, and VSA20A three- Effective July 2014 phase reclosers

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, UltraSIL, United States Evolution, and VariSTAR are valuable For Eaton’s Cooper Power Cooperpower.com trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems VSA-group reclosers © 2014 Eaton these trademarks without the prior written product information call All Rights Reserved consent of Eaton. Printed in USA ANSI® is a registered trademark of American 1-877-277-4636 or visit: www. Publication No. 280-45 National Standards Institute. cooperpower.com.

280-45-12 Effective July 2014 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Supersedes December 1997 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser

Introduction Operating The benefits of automatic-reclosing overcurrent Reclosers clear most faults with only momentary protection can be realized on higher voltage current interruption since the majority of faults distribution systems with Eaton’s Cooper Power are temporary in nature; thus, extended outages Systems Type VSO electronically controlled, oil- are usually prevented. With outage time kept insulated vacuum recloser. A high continuous to a minimum, customer service is improved current rating and a high fault-current-clearing and utility income is maintained. The Type VSO capability make the Type VSO recloser an ideal recloser includes an integral box frame fabricated selection for substation or main feeder protection of welded angle and channel steel that facilitates applications. Your system benefits from: handling and mounting. The frame can be quickly assembled into an Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems • High reliability resulting from the application substation mounting extension or single-pole of time-tested vacuum interruption and control hanger. technologies to this higher-rated recloser The recloser controls available provide the Type • Extended maintenance intervals with long- VSO recloser with a wide range of operating life maintenance-free vacuum interrupters parameters to simplify coordination with other that eliminate oil contamination from arcing protective devices on a system. by-products Sensing-current transformers mounted inside the • Simplified coordination with a familiar Form recloser provide line-current information to the 3A electronic recloser control, or enhanced recloser control. Tripping and closing commands coordination flexibility with the Form 4C from the control energize operating circuits in the microprocessor-based recloser control recloser. Basic Ratings Operation of the recloser contacts is accomplished The VSO recloser has a rating of 560 amps through the release of charged opening and maximum continuous current (extendable to 800 closing springs. A motor-and-gear-train mechanism amps with an accessory) and 12000 or 16000 charges the closing springs; release of the closing symmetrical amps maximum interrupting current springs closes the main contacts and charges the at a maximum voltage of 38 kV. opening springs. Energy to operate the motor must be supplied to the recloser from an external 240 Vac source.

280-57-1 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Current interruption takes place within vacuum interrupters that are Table 3. Mounting Equipment suspended in oil from a mechanism frame under the head of the Description Catalog No. recloser. The head mechanism transfers forces from the operator mechanism to the moving contact in each of the three vacuum Single-pole hanger KVSO52V interrupters, causing them to move simultaneously through a one- Substation-mounting-frame extension KVSO51V inch stroke. Tank-lifting mechanism KVSO56V Surge protection Best operating results are achieved when reclosers are protected with surge arresters. On line applications, arrester protection is Ordering information recommended on both sides of a recloser. If protection is to be A complete electronically controlled recloser installation includes: provided on one side only, then it should be on the source-side. In substations, arresters should be located on the load-side. Eaton’s • recloser and its accessories Cooper Power Systems, distribution-class surge arresters provide • recloser control and its accessories excellent protection for the Type VSO recloser. See Technical Data 235-99, UltraSIL™ Polymer-Housed Evolution™ Surge Arrester or • interconnecting control cable Technical Data 235-35, UltraSIL Polymer-Housed VariSTAR™ Surge • recloser mounting equipment Arrester for information. Accessories for the recloser are priced separately and must be Table 1. Basic Recloser ordered separately. Recloser Type Catalog No. Orders must include: VSO 12,000 amp interrupting KVSO38-12-560 1. Catalog number and type designation of the basic recloser (Table 1). 2. Catalog number and description of recloser accessories (if Table 2. Recloser Accessories required). See Table 2. Accessory Description Catalog No. 3. Catalog number and description of recloser mounting equipment VSO 16,000 amp interrupting KVSO38-16-560 (if required). See Table 3. Bushing current transformers 600:5 multi-ratio BCTs mounted on bushings 1,3,5 KVSO53VD 600:5 multi-ratio BCTs mounted on bushings 2,4,6 KVSO53VE 1200:5 multi-ratio BCTs mounted on bushings 1,3,5 KVSO53VK 1200:5 multi-ratio BCTs mounted on bushings 2,4,6 KVSO53VL Three thermal-amp demand meters; five-amp movement/five-amp scale* Without instantaneous elements KRW324V20-3 With instantaneous elements KRW324V1-3 Vertical rain-tight meter trough; three sockets with circuit KA335R903 closing contacts** Meter trough mounting-and-wiring kit for use on KVSO54V substation extension 800-amp continuous current accessory on recloser equipped with accessory BCTs (with eyebolt terminals) KVSO55VD (with 1-1/8-inch-12 stud terminals) KVSO55VC 120-Vac motor operator KVSO57V Potential-type battery charger in operator cabinet*** 120-Vac KA58VSM1 240-Vac KA58VSM2 External spring-charging accessory KA59VSM External contact-position-indicating accessory KA61VSM2 Flat-pad terminals On recloser without accessory BCTs KA62RV3 On recloser with accessory BCTs KA62RV4 * Metering accessories are also available installed in the upper portion of a double-size ME control cabinet. ** KVSO54V meter trough mounting required if meters are to be mounted on substation frame. *** For use with Form 3A electronic controls only, requires addition of KA1144ME control accessory.

280-57-2 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

BUSHINGS CLAMP-TYPE TERMINALS Made of wet-process porcelain; Terminals are tin-plated; accept glaze color is light gray, Munsell 5BG horizontal or vertical 1/0 to 500 MCM 7.2/0.4. copper or aluminum conductor.

OPERATING MECHANISM OIL DIPSTICK (not visible) Spring-operated stored-energy close Permits accurate oil level mechanism; 240 Vac charging motor; determination. contact position and spring charge state indicators visible from outside of cabinet.

AUXILIARY SWITCH WINDLASS (accessory) Four-state switch permits Allows easy access to interior of remote contact status indication pole-mounted recloser. Permits one and control of other devices person to raise or lower oil-filled tank. coincidentally with contact opening and closing.

TRIP AND CLOSE PULL RINGS Initiate trip and close METERING (accessory) operations from outside Three socket-type thermal ampere- mechanism cabinet with hand demand meters. Rain-tight through or hookstick. that can be conveniently mounted on frame. Accessories sold separately.

RECLOSER CONTROL Type ME Form 3A and Form 4C controls provide convenient, OIL DRAIN VALVE (not visible) programmable control for Type Makes oil draining or sampling a VSO electronically controlled cleaner, easier procedure. reclosers. The recloser control can be remotely located to a distance of 35 feet.

SUBSTATION EXTENSION Simple and compact; with recloser box frame forms strong rigid support OIL SIGHT GAUGE for recloser, control, and accessories. (back side of tank) Permits quick Adjustable for terminal top height of visual “hands-off” check for adequate 9’7” to 10’ 10” in 3-inch increments. oil level.

Figure 1. Type VSO recloser in substation extension, untanked, with some accessories

The electronically controlled, oil-insulated, three-phase Type VSO Line current is sensed by three 1000:1 ratio current transformers vacuum recloser from Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems can be used mounted on bushings 1, 3, and 5 under the recloser head. They in substations or in close-in feeder applications where it would be provide the recloser control with a continuous measurement of line subject to high fault current levels. current. Vacuum interrupters provide a single break on each phase through When the programmed minimum-trip is exceeded, and after the separation of contacts within each vacuum envelope. All arcing is programmed time delay, the control energizes a trip solenoid in the contained within the interrupters. Low energy arc interruption in a recloser to release the charged opening springs. vacuum results in far less shock and demonstration, extending the When the recloser contacts open, the recloser control activates the recloser mechanism life. Vacuum interruption offers longer duty closing mechanism. Energy to operate the trip solenoid and activate cycles and long contact life. the closing mechanism is provided by the control. The force required to trip and close the recloser contacts is provided The Type VSO recloser is designed and built in accordance with by the release of charged opening and closing springs in the ANSI® C37.60. Each recloser is thoroughly tested before shipment. operator cabinet. A motor-operated mechanism, powered from an external 240 Vac supply, charges the closing springs. Release of the closing springs closes the recloser contacts and also charges the opening springs.

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-3 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Construction Operation In common with other reclosers from Eaton’s Cooper Power Tripping Systems, Type VSO reclosers are designed for long service life with minimum maintenance. The recloser head is an aluminum casting. Line current in all three phases is sensed by 1000:1 ratio current The tank is fabricated of heavy-gauge steel and is finished with a transformers on bushings 1, 3, and 5 under the recloser head. corrosion-inhibiting-epoxy prime coat, followed by a finish coat of Continuous signals from the CTs, proportional to line currents, are thermosetting acrylic paint. Finish color is light gray, Munsell 5BG routed to the recloser control, where they are monitored. 7.0/0.4. When the line current flows in excess of the programmed minimum The oil-filled tank can be lowered and raised easily by one person trip level, in one or more phases, and after a time delay based on with a windlass accessory, usable whether the recloser is mounted the programmed time-current characteristic, a trip solenoid in the in a substation frame or on a pole. An oil sampling-and-drain valve, operating mechanism is energized by the control. The solenoid oil level sight gauge, and oil dipstick are provided as standard trips a latch that releases the charged trip springs and mechanism. features. A linkage simultaneously operates all three phases, opening the recloser contacts and a switch which interrupts the trip signal from An oil-tight, weather-resistant seal between the head and the tank is the control. assured by a Buna-N synthetic rubber gasket confined in a groove in the head to provide controlled compression. Closing The recloser head is attached to a welded angle- and channel-steel As with contact opening, contact closing force is provided through box frame which facilitates handling and mounting. The tank is the release of stored spring energy. The closing springs are charged suspended within the box frame from the head. Each interrupter by operation of a 240 Vac motor and gear train. Upon receiving a is independently suspended from the internal mechanism under closing signal from the control, a solenoid energizes, tripping a latch the recloser head in a way which eliminates mechanical stress which releases the closing springs. When released, the closing on the bushings as well as any need for adjustment between the springs cause the operating mechanism to close the vacuum bushing and interrupter. Wet-process porcelain bushings are oil-filled, interrupter contacts and simultaneously charge the opening springs. capacitively graded type. Immediately following the release of the closing springs, the 240 Vac Two targets, visible through windows in the operator cabinet door, motor runs to recharge the springs in preparation for the next closing provide continuous (easily readable) indications of contact position operation. Limit switches interrupt the supply to the motor and the and closing spring charge state. Contact position indication is either signal from the control when the closing springs are fully charged. CLOSED (white letters on red background) or OPEN (white letters Spring charging time is less than one second. on green background). Spring charge state indication is either An external 240 Vac source supplies power for the motor operator. SPRING CHARGED (black letters on yellow background) or SPRING An undervoltage relay opens a contact in the motor circuit if the DISCHARGED (black letters on white background). 240-volt motor supply voltage falls below 165 volts. This prevents the A four-stage auxiliary switch is provided as standard. Normally set for motor from operating on inadequate voltage, which could result in four “a” and four “b” contacts, the switch can be programmed for motor stalling and burnout. other “a” and “b” combinations totaling eight. It is operated by the If the 240-volt supply voltage is lost, the recloser can still perform recloser mechanism and is wired to a terminal block in the operator a limited number of trip and close operations, operating from the cabinet. The switch can be used to provide a remote indication of stored spring energy. If power loss occurs while the main contacts contact position or to switch other devices, such as alarm circuits, are closed (and the motor has run to recharge the closing springs), coincidentally with recloser contact opening and closing. the capability exists to trip, close, and trip again. If power loss occurs while the main contacts are open, the capability exists to close once and trip once. Manual A closed recloser can be tripped manually from inside the operator cabinet by moving the Trip-Reset knob to TRIP or from outside the cabinet by pulling down on the yellow trip ring under the cabinet. When the recloser is manually tripped, the closing circuit is opened to prevent reclosing. The recloser can be manually restored to service either by moving the Trip-Reset knob to RESET and pressing the Manual Close lever down or by pushing up on the yellow trip ring and pulling down on the close ring. The manual operation described in the preceding paragraph involves levers that are mechanically linked to the operating mechanism. The recloser can also be tripped and closed with the Manual Control switch on the recloser control panel. An emergency means is provided to manually close the recloser (on an energized line if necessary and with the closing springs discharged) in the absence of 240 Vac auxiliary power. A crank stored inside the operator cabinet door is engaged with the motor shaft and cranked through approximately 150 turns to charge the closing springs; a closing operation can then be initiated.

280-57-4 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

LIMIT SWITCH CONTACT POSITION INDICATOR De-energizes trip-coil circuit to Linked to main operating shaft; visible minimize battery drain when recloser through window in cabinet door. opens.

TRIP SOLENOID Operates on 24 Vdc signal from electronic control; trips latch releasing opening springs. FOUR-STAGE AUXILIARY SWITCH Used for remote contact position indication or switching of other devices coincidentally with recloser UNDERVOLTAGE RELAY operations; with terminal strip for Prevents motor from operating if convenient connection. 240 Vac supply voltage fails below 165 volts; safeguards motor from stalling and burnout.

MANUAL TRIP AND RESET KNOB SERIES UNIVERSAL MOTOR, 240 Permits manual release of trip springs VAC from operating mechanism cabinet. Charges closing springs in less than one second; low power requirement; needs no lubrication. OPERATIONS COUNTER CLOSE SOLENOID Indicates accumulated total of Operates on 24 Vdc signal from tripping operations performed by electronic control; trips latch releasing recloser. closing springs. HEATER CONTROL FUSED PULLOUT SWITCH Switch and fuses for operator cabinet Provides a safe visible means of heater. disconnecting motor power source.

CLOSING SPRINGS MANUAL CLOSE LEVER Charged by drive motor; provide Permits manual release of closing energy to close main contacts; springs from operating mechanism simultaneously charge opening cabinet. springs. (Opening springs are located in recloser head mechanism.)

CURRENT TRANSFORMER CLOSING SPRING CHARGE STATE TERMINAL BLOCKS INDICATOR Used for connection to multiratio Indicates whether springs are bushing current transformer charged or discharged; visible through accessory. window in cabinet door.

EXTERNAL TRIP PULL RING EXTERNAL CLOSE PULL RING Permits manual release of trip springs Permits manual release of closing from beneath cabinet by hand or with springs from beneath cabinet with hookstick. hand or hookstick.

Figure 2. Operating mechanism used on Type VSO recloser.

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-5 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Vacuum interrupters Recloser control Vacuum interrupters provide a single break on each phase. Vacuum Type VSO recloser is electronically controlled by an Eaton’s Cooper interrupters provide fast, low-energy arc interruption with long Power Systems recloser control. A choice of two controls can be contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and maximum used in conjunction with this recloser. operating safety. With arc interruption taking place in a vacuum, The Form 3A control, shown in Figure 4, is a solid-state electronic isolated from the insulating oil, contact and interrupter life is greatly control system, using conventional, discrete, electronic components. extended, and oil contamination and maintenance are virtually Control operating parameters are programmed via plug-in modules. eliminated. At the same time, mechanical stress and wear on the These programming components provide precise values for mechanism is minimal. operating parameters, which include: time-current characteristics, reclosing delay intervals, and minimum trip levels. The control provides simple selector switch determination of phase- and- ground-trip sequences and operations to lockout. Operating characteristics can be quickly and easily changed to meet new application requirements by simply changing the dial settings or plug- in component(s), without removing the recloser from service. The Form 3A control can be equipped with a variety of accessories to provide remote operation and monitoring for SCADA applications. Some of the available accessories include: remote fault indication, remote modification of operating characteristics, and remote operation.

Figure 3. Vacuum interrupter used in Type VSO recloser (cutaway to show contacts).

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems vacuum interrupters are designed with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength. The high- alumina ceramic has more than five times the strength of glass, permits a higher processing temperature to develop maximum purity Figure 5. Form 4C microprocessor-based recloser control. of the assembly, and is impervious to helium penetration to sustain the vacuum level. Metal end closures and the arcing chambers are of high-purity alloy to minimize contamination. Enclosed in the interrupter is a stationary and a moving contact assembly. The The Form 4C Type ME microprocessor-based recloser control, shown moving contact has a travel of one inch, its shaft passing through in Figure 5, incorporates computer technology to provide enhanced a flexible bellows which maintains vacuum integrity. Contacts are application versatility and ease of operation. All standard control made of a special non-welding alloy. operating parameters including; phase- and ground-fault minimum trip levels, time-current curve selection, and sequences of recloser operation, are keyboard programmable. Simple keyboard sequences, and dedicated function keys, provide convenient programming and interrogation of the control’s various operating parameters. A large LCD display provides control feedback during programming and integration, and either front panel LCD indicators provide control and recloser status, at a glance. The control is equipped with 38, keyboard-selectable, time-current curves, which are interchangeable for use as either phase or ground. Each of the curves can be custom modified to provide an almost unlimited coordination flexibility. The control provides a wide range of standard features, which include: supervisory operation, remote status indication, fault indication via LCD targets and counters, Fault Footprint™ event recorder, recloser duty monitor, demand metering, and load profile monitor. The microprocessor-based control can also be equipped with an accessory supervisory input/output board to extend the supervisory operation capabilities of the control. Figure 4. Form 3A Type ME electronic recloser control.

280-57-6 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

Accessories Accessories available for the Type VSO recloser are described in the following paragraphs.

Bushing-type, multiratio current transformers Multiratio current transformers for operating relays or load meters can be mounted on the source-side bushings (Figure 6), the load- side bushings, or both the source- and load-side bushings. Whether three or six current transformers are ordered, the accessory includes six extra-length bushings to accommodate the current transformers and maintain an equal terminal-top height. (When the accessory is ordered for one side only, extender sleeves are included on the opposite side). Addition of the transformers increases terminal top height by five inches. These current transformers have only one primary turn – the bushing rod. They are offered with secondary windings that provide primary/secondary current ratios of either 600:5 or 1200:5. Different ratios can be obtained by connection to appropriate taps on their Figure 6. Multiratio current transformers. secondary windings. The ratios obtainable from 600:5 and 1200:5 transformers, and the corresponding accuracy classes, are shown in Table 4. For ease of connection and ratio selection, secondary taps are factory-wired to terminal blocks (one corresponding to each transformer) in the mechanism cabinet (Figure 7). Wiring from Table 4. Bushing-Type Current Transformer Ratios, Terminal meters or relays is routed into the cabinet by the customer and Connections, and Accuracies joined to two of the five terminals on each block to obtain the ratio Terminal Relay Accuracy desired. Two thumbscrews in each of the blocks, positioned to short Ratio Connection Class Metering Accuracy Class and ground the current transformers for shipping, are then removed 600:5 X1-X5 C100 .3B-0.5 .6B-1.0 1.2B-2.0 and repositioned to complete electrical connection of the device. To 500:5 X2-X5 – .3B-0.5 .6B-1.0 1.2B-2.0 order bushing-type multiratio current transformers see the Recloser Accessories listing under ORDERING INFORMATlON. 450:5 X3-X5 – .3B-0.5 .6B-1.0 1.2B-2.0 400:5 X1-X4 – .3B-0.2 .6B-0.5 1.2B-2.0 300:5 X2-X4 – .3B-0.2 .6B-0.5 1.2B-1.0 250:5 X3-X4 – – .6B-0.2 1.2B-0.5 200:5 X4-X5 – – .6B-0.2 1.2B-0.5 150:5 X1-X3 – – – 1.2B-0.2 100:5 X1-X2 – – – – 50:5 X2-X3 – – – –

Terminal Relay Accuracy Ratio Connection Class Metering Accuracy Class 1200:5 X1-X5 C200 .3B-2.0 .6B-4.0 1.2B-8.0 1000:5 X2-X5 – .3B-2.0 .6B-4.0 1.2B-8.0 900:5 X3-X5 – .3B-1.0 .6B-4.0 1.2B-8.0 800:5 X1-X4 – .3B-1.0 .6B-2.0 1.2B-4.0 600:5 X2-X4 – .3B-0.5 .6B-1.0 1.2B-2.0 500:5 X3-X4 – .3B-0.5 .6B-1.0 1.2B-2.0 400:5 X4-X5 – .3B-0.2 .6B-0.5 1.2B-1.0 300:5 X1-X3 – .3B-0.2 .6B-0.5 1.2B-1.0 200:5 X1-X2 – – .6B-0.2 1.2B-0.5 100:5 X2-X3 – – – 1.2B-0.1

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-7 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

800-Amp continuous current The continuous current carrying capability of the Type VSO recloser can be increased, extending its rating from 560 amps to 800 amps, with this accessory. It consists of larger bushing terminals stainless steel bushing clamps, and associated small hardware. Two types of bushing terminals are offered: a 1-1/8 inch-12 stud type terminal and an eyebolt terminal that accepts 2/0-1000 MCM copper or aluminum conductor.

120-Volt AC motor operator For installations where 240 Vac auxiliary power is not accessible, Figure 7. Current transformer terminal blocks. the Type VSO recloser can be ordered with an accessory which permits operation on 120 Vac. All of the standard recloser capabilities are retained. Current metering Useful in load balance studies, current metering is offered for the Potential-type battery charger Type VSO recloser in the form of three 3-1/2-inch socket-mounting Form 3A electronic recloser controls contain battery charging circuits thermal ampere-demand meters. The five-amp movement/five-amp that require a 120 Vac supply voltage. For those installations where scale meters are available with or without instantaneous indicators 120 Vac is not available at the control, or when a prior model Form in addition to the average indicators. 3 control (which may not have a battery charger) is to be used, the A meter trough mounting-and wiring kit contains the parts required recloser must be equipped with a battery charger. Installed in the to conveniently mount the trough to the substation extension operator cabinet, chargers are provided in either of two versions: alongside the control and make electrical connections to the current 240 Vac for the standard Type VSO recloser, or 120 Vac for the Type transformer terminal blocks inside the mechanism cabinet. VSO recloser equipped with the 120 Vac motor operator accessory. Current metering can also be ordered in the upper portion of a double-size Form 3A electronic control cabinet.

Figure 8. Current metering accessory.

280-57-8 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

External spring charging Enhanced operator safety is provided by this accessory, which relocates the receptacle for the hand spring charging crank from the side of the operator cabinet to its underside (Figure 9). When recharging springs in a recloser on a live circuit, a lineman need not have any part of his body closer to exposed live parts than the underside of the cabinet to effectively operate the crank.

External contact position indicator Spotting a tripped recloser in a row of substation-mounted reclosers, or spotting a tripped pole-mounted recloser from a moving vehicle is easy with this indicator accessory (Figure 10). A green cylinder (1-1/4-inch diameter x 2 inches long), mechanically linked to the mechanism is enclosed in a sleeve extending from the bottom of the mechanism cabinet. When the recloser contacts are open, the cylinder extends from the sleeve (green visible); when the contacts are closed, the cylinder retracts into the sleeve (green hidden). The cylindrical indicator design provides a definite indication easily seen from various positions around the cabinet end of the recloser, eliminating possible difficulty in viewing and interpreting a flag-type indicator from some positions. Figure 9. External spring-charging accessory.

Figure 10. External contact position indicating accessory (shown with green cylinder extended from sleeve, indicating open recloser contacts).

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-9 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Flat-pad terminals Two-hole or four-hole flat-pad type bushing terminals (Figure 11) of silver-plated, red brass alloy are offered for the Type VSO recloser.

Figure 11. Flat-pad terminals.

Mounting Equipment Single-pole hanger Consisting of two horseshoe-shaped, galvanized channel-steel brackets, the Type VSO recloser single-pole hanger (Figure 12) forms a strong rigid supporting frame when joined to the recloser’s welded box frame. The hanger brackets are conveniently bolted to the box frame with four 1/2-inch bolts while the recloser is on the ground. The recloser/hanger assembly is then hoisted into position and secured to the pole with two 3/4-inch through-bolts (customer- furnished). Two reinforcing washers are included with the accessory. Figure 12. Type VSO recloser mounted in single-pole hanger, Substation Extension with windlass accessory. Compact and adjustable, the Type VSO recloser substation extension (Figure 13) provides a structure of ample strength to support the recloser and a complement of accessories. Consisting of four galvanized angle-steel legs, galvanized strap-steel braces, and associated hardware, the extension is easily assembled to the recloser frame. A mounting strap is provided for the recloser control, located to allow space for mounting the metering accessory alongside. The extension is adjustable in three-inch increments to provide a terminal-top height of nine feet, nine inches to eleven feet.

280-57-10 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

Tank Lifting Windlass One person can easily lower and raise the oil-filled tank with this accessory, which is usable with pole-mounted or substation- mounted Type VSO reclosers. The windlass, (Figure 14) features a 30-to-1 ratio worm-and-pinion gear box that minimizes cranking effort and holds the tank stationary any time cranking is stopped and the operator’s hand is removed from the crank. A shear pin connects the crank to the gear box shaft to guard against overstressing the mechanism when the tank is fully raised. Supplied partly assembled to newly ordered Type VSO reclosers, the windlass accessory can also be ordered separately for addition to reclosers in the field.

Figure 14. Tank lifting windlass accessory

Figure 13. Type VSO recloser mounted in substation extension, with control and some accessories.

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-11 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Ratings and specifications

Table 5. Voltage Nominal system voltage (kV rms) 34.5 Rated maximum voltage (kV rms) 38 Rated impulse withstand voltage BIL) (kV crest) 150 60 Hz withstand voltage (kV rms) dry, one minute 70 wet, 10 seconds 60 Maximum Radio influence @ 23 kV (uV) 100

Table 6. Continuous Current Maximum continuous current (amps) 560* * Can be increased to 800 amps by adding an 800-amp accessory.

Table 7. Interrupting Current Interrupting current (rms sym. amps) VSO 12 12000 VSO 16 16000

Table 8. Duty Cycle Percent of interrupting rating X/R ratio No. of operations 15-20 4 88 45-55 8 112 90-100 15 32 Total: 232

Table 9. Spring-Charging Motor Nominal operating voltage (Vac) 240 Voltage range (Vac) 160-257 Inrush current (rms amps) 13 Steady-state current (amps) 8 Motor running time (cycles) 40

Table 10. Auxiliary Switch Interrupting ratings (amps) Inductive Noninductive Inductive Noninductive Volts (ac) (ac) (dc) (dc) 24 – – 15.0 20.0 48 – – 7.5 10.0 120 60 80 – – 125 – – 1.5 2.0 240 30 60 – – 250 – – 0.45 0.5

Table 11. Trip Solenoid Nominal operating voltage (Vdc) 24 Approx. peak current, 1-1/2 cycles (amps) 5.65

Table 12. Specifications Contact closing time* (cycles) 0.75 Contact opening time** (cycles) 0.5 Bushing creepage distance (inches) 26-1/2 Mechanical life (no-load operations) 2500

* Time from initial contact motion to contact make. ** Time from contact break to end of contact motion.

280-57-12 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

Dimensions and weights

Figure 15. Type VSO recloser outline dimensions

Table 13. Weight without control (lb) 1130 Weight with pole-top frame (lb) 1193 Weight with substation frame (lb) 1271 Oil capacity (gal) 65

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-13 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

280-57-14 www.cooperpower.com Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Effective July 2014

www.cooperpower.com 280-57-15 Electrical Apparatus 280-57 Type VSO three-phase electronically controlled recloser Effective July 2014

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, UltraSIL, United States VariSTAR, and Fault Footprint are valuable Cooperpower.com trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other For Eaton's Cooper Power countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems Type VSO three-phase © 2014 Eaton these trademarks without the prior written recloser product information All Rights Reserved consent of Eaton. Printed in USA ANSI® is a registered trademark of the call 1-877-277-4636 or visit: Publication No. 280-57 American National Standards Institute. www.cooperpower.com.

280-57-16 Effective July 2014 Technical Data 280-76 Supersedes August 1996 MET electronic recloser control tester

Description The MET electronic recloser control tester from Eaton's Cooper Power Systems is designed specifically for testing Type ME Form 2, Form 3, Form 3A, Form 4A, Form 4C, Form 5, Types FX, FXA, and FXB controls. The tester has the capability to check the following: • Battery voltage (load and no load) • Battery charge and discharge rates • Minimum-trip current (phase- and ground-trip) • Operating sequence • Control response time (phase- and ground trip) • Reclosing time • Reset time • Electrical operation of recloser • Functioning of various accessories through simulation of the conditions under which they operate

The self-contained unit, compactly packaged in a handy carrying case with a detachable front cover, includes the following: • Multi-scale dc meter with associated switches for checking the battery and battery-charging circuits • Multi-scale ac meter and adjustable current source to duplicate the output of the sensing bushing current transformers of the recloser • Solid-state digital clock to measure time of the test • Simulator circuit to simulate recloser operation and duplicate recloser mechanism response times to trip and close signals • Switches and associated circuitry for performing the various tests • Cables for connecting the control, recloser, and control battery to the tester • Internal buzzer sounds if a mis-match between grounds on the ME control and MET tester exists

280-76-1 Technical Data 280-76 MET electronic recloser control tester Effective July 2014

Table 1. Specifications Ordering information Input 120 Vac; 60 Hz; single-phase (fused for 2 amps) The tester is supplied as a complete unit and includes all necessary interconnecting cables. To order, specify tester by description and Output 0–3000 mA continuously adjustable from front panel of tester catalog number. Instrumentation MET electronic recloser control tester: Catalog No. KMET DC meter Edgewise panel meter with 2-in. horizontal scale; accu- Recloser simulator racy ± 5% of full scale Panel- 0–4/40 mA; 0–40 volts No external equipment or accessories are required when using switched this tester. The tester can check the operation of the electronic ranges control and the recloser (provided reclosing power is available at the recloser). However, the control cannot operate the recloser AC meter* Edgewise panel meter with 2-in. horizontal scale; accuracy ± 5% of full scale through the tester. Recloser operation is simulated with red and green indicating lights on the tester panel. A built-in time delay is Panel-switched 0–30/100/300/1000/3000 mA also provided to simulate the response time of the solenoid-closing ranges recloser mechanisms to a trip signal (2-½ cycles) and a closing signal Timer Digital clock timer 0–999.999 seconds in 0.001-second increments; (30 cycles) from the control. with manual reset * Jacks are provided on the panel for connecting external ammeter if different ranges, greater Carrying case accuracy, or calibration of panel meter is required. The unit is packaged in a sturdy Formica®-covered carrying case with removable front cover and provision for storing interconnecting cables, spare fuses, and bulbs. Table 2. Interconnecting Cables* 15-ft. cable for connecting electronic control to tester. Dimensions (overall) 15-ft. extender cable for connecting end of recloser 9-½ in. high; 21 in. wide; 13-¼ in. deep. cable to tester. 15-ft. cable for directly connecting control battery ter- Weight (approximate) minals to tester. Net: 33 lbs; shipping: 37 lbs. * Connector terminations on all cables are polarized to assure proper interconnection.

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Eaton and Cooper Power Systems are valuable For Eaton's Cooper Power Cooperpower.com trademarks of Eaton in the U.S. and other countries. You are not permitted to use the Systems MET recloser control © 2014 Eaton these trademarks without the prior written tester product information call All Rights Reserved consent of Eaton. Printed in USA Formica® is a registered trademark of The 1-877-277-4636 or visit: www. Publication No. 280-76 Diller Corporation. cooperpower.com.

280-76-2 Effective January 2014 Technical Data 280-101 Supersedes August 2013 SPEAR™ single-phase recloser system

Contents Description Page Description Page Description ...... 2 Control Features ...... 13 Ordering Information...... 2 Control Security...... 13 Constructing a Recloser Catalog Number...... 3 Protection Profiles...... 13 Recloser Accessories and Mounting Equipment . 3 Reclosing and Overcurrent Protection/TCCs. . . 13 Constructing a Control Catalog Number...... 5 High Current Lockout...... 13 Control Accessories...... 6 Cold Load Pickup...... 13 Recloser Features...... 8 Hot Line Tag...... 13 Ratings and Characteristic Features ...... 8 Fast Trips Disabled...... 13 Operation...... 8 Sequence Coordination...... 13 Vacuum Interruption ...... 8 Manual Close Time Delay...... 13 Surge Protection...... 8 Metering...... 13 Recloser Operation...... 8 Diagnostic Tools...... 13 Construction ...... 8 Recloser Wear Monitor ...... 14 Vacuum Interrupters ...... 9 Sequence of Events Recorder...... 14 Manual Operation...... 9 Data Profiler...... 14 Accessories...... 9 Contact Input/Output (I/O) Module Option . . . . 14 Ratings and Specifications ...... 10 Communications ...... 14 Font Panel Human Machine Interface (HMI). . . 15 Display LCD Module ...... 15 User Interface and LED Indicators...... 15 Operating Panel...... 16 One-Touch Function Keys...... 17 Operation Upon Loss of AC Power ...... 17 Accessories...... 17

280-101-1 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Description Ordering information The SPEAR™ single-phase recloser and control is the latest addition To order a basic SPEAR recloser: to Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems product offering for single-phase electronically controlled reclosers . This solution provides reliable, • See the Constructing a recloser catalog number section to economical overcurrent protection, advanced metering, and SCADA construct a catalog number that describes the required recloser . communications for distribution circuits rated through 34 .5 kV . • From Tables 1 through 5, specify the catalog numbers that Specifically with the SPEAR recloser, it uses a solid cycloaliphatic- describe the required accessories . epoxy polymer with an encapsulated vacuum interrupter . The SPEAR To order a basic SPEAR control: recloser’s mechanism is reliable, lightweight, and utilizes a magnetic actuator to provide a lifetime of trouble free operation . The solid • On page 5, see the Constructing a control catalog number polymer system does not rely on a gaseous, liquid, or foam dielectric section that describes the required control . insulating material . The SPEAR recloser is highly resistant to ozone, • From Table 6, specify the catalog number that describes the oxygen, moisture, contamination, and ultraviolet light . required control cable . Designed and tested with the SPEAR control, the SPEAR recloser • From Tables 7 through 12, specify the catalog numbers that offers superior coordination, protection, and application capabilities . describe the required accessories . Recloser operations are programmed using the SPEAR control with accurate characteristics and a host of advanced features . Precise operating tolerances enable close coordination with other protective devices on the system . When system requirements change, program settings are easily altered with no sacrifice of accuracy or consistency . Compact and lightweight, SPEAR reclosers are easily installed on poles or in substations . Mounting equipment is available for both pole and substation mounting applications . Recloser and control accessories enable further tailoring of the protective program to achieve maximum system operating flexibility . The SPEAR control is the next in a line of fully integrated controls developed by Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems . This means one standard operating system and front panel to train technicians on . This translates to fewer training expenses, reduced inventory, and a distribution system that is much easier to maintain . In addition to the flexible and user-friendly platform, the new SPEAR control has the communications technology to take your system into the future . With fully modular communication compatibilities, the SPEAR control supports cellular and radio communications utilizing Serial DNP3 protocol . A side panel RS-232 communications port is available for connection to SCADA or other devices . The communication port is accessed by swing the control panel forward . The SPEAR control can compute power, energy, power factor, and power flow direction based upon the recloser’s CT current output, and the customer supplied voltage input . The standardized front panel of the SPEAR control can be used to program and interrogate the control, as well as to display metering and alarm information . Control parameters can also be programmed via personal computer using ProView™ NXG interface software . Temporary connection to the control can be made through the front panel USB port allowing programming and data downloads to a laptop or PC . The ProView NXG interface software includes the functionality modify time-current curves (TCCs), and provide diagnostic information . The SPEAR control analysis tools include event recording, data profiling, and various metering capabilities .

280-101-2 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Constructing a recloser catalog number To order a basic SPEAR recloser, 15 kV, with 8 kA fault interrupting and 400 amp continuous current, the catalog number would be constructed in this manner: KSPEAR Basic letters for a SPEAR recloser 15 Recloser Maximum Operating Voltage 15 for 15 kV, 110 kV BIL 27 for 27 kV, 125 kV BIL 38 for 38 kV, 170 kV BIL 8 Fault Interrupting Current 8 for 8 kA 12 for 12 .5 kA

400 Continuous Current Rating 400 for 400 amp (8 kA use only) 630 for 630 amp (12.5 kA use only) 800 for 800 amp (12.5 kA use only)

KSPEAR 15 8 400 KSPEAR15-8-400 is the catalog number for the required basic SPEAR recloser.

Recloser options and mounting equipment

Table 1. Rating Impulse Voltage (BIL) Options Description Catalog Number 125 kV BIL for KSPEAR15 KSPR-255-60 150 kV BIL for KSPEAR27 KSPR-255-61

Table 2. Tank and Heater Options Description Catalog Number 120 Vac Heater Mild steel tank KSPR-MS-120 Stainless steel tank KSPR-SS-120 240 Vac heater Mild steel tank KSPR-MS-240 Stainless steel tank KSPR-SS-240

Table 3. Bushing Terminals Description Catalog Number Standard eyebolt terminals, 1/0-500 MCM † KSPR-201-21 Eyebolt terminals, 4/0-1000 MCM ‡ KSPR-201-22 2-hole flat pad terminals † KSPR-201-23 4-hole flat pad terminals KSPR-204-24 Stud-style terminals, 1.125 dia. threaded KSPR-201-25 † For use with 400 and 630 amp continuous current only ‡ For use with 800 amp continuous current only

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-3 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Table 4. Miscellaneous Accessory Options Description Catalog Number Wildlife restraints, set of 2 KSPR-56-7 Terminal shields for enhanced environmental protection, set of 2 for 400 or 630 amp eyebolt, 2-hole flat pad or stud terminals KSPR-245-1 for 800 amp eyebolt or 4-hole flat pad terminals KSPR-245-2

Table 5. Mounting Equipment Options Description Catalog Number Pole mounting extension † KSPR-364 Crossarm mounting bracket, set of 2 KA39H2 Arrester mounting brackets Standard, galvanized steel Set of 1 KSPR-932-2 Set of 2 KSPR-932-1 Stainless steel Set of 1 KSPR-932-4 Set of 2 KSPR-932-3 † Pole mounting extension bracket is required for any recloser application greater than 125 kV BIL.

280-101-4 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Constructing a control catalog number To order a basic SPEAR control for use with the SPEAR recloser, for 120 Vac primary power, with a standard 8 amp-hour battery, mild steel cabinet, standard 2 input/output auxiliary contacts, standard DNP protocol, no communication interface and English language, the catalog number would be constructed in this manner: KSPEARC Basic letters for a SPEAR control A Recloser Maximum Operating Voltage A for use with: SPEAR recloser 0 Primary Power Code 0 = 120 Vac primary power 1 = 240 Vac primary power 0 Battery option: 0 = 8 Amp-hour battery 1 = Mounting provisions only for 8 amp-hour battery (No battery) 0 Cabinet option: 0 = Mild steel cabinet 1 = Stainless steel cabinet 1 Front panel option: 1 = Standard inserts 0 I/O option: 0 = Standard, 2 input/2 output contacts 0 Communication protocol 0 = Standard, DNP 0 Communication interface 0 = standard, none 1 = RS-232 Communications card E Language E = English

KSPEARC A 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 E KSPEARCA0001000E is the catalog number for the control in the example above.

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-5 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Control accessories

Table 6. Control Cables Description Catalog Number Control cable: (basic cable, no length) KA148ME Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 5 to 50 feet. KA148ME-X Armored (10 ft.) control cable: (basic cable, no length) KA149ME Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 11 to 50 feet. KA149ME-X

Table 7. Receptacles and Wiring Description Catalog Number AC input receptacles 120 Vac or 240 Vac input receptacle, 2-pin KSPRC-1775-H 120 Vac input receptacle, 3-pin KSPRC-1775-J No input receptacle; for hard-wiring input KSPRC-1775-0

Table 8. Input Cables Description Catalog Number AC input cables Input cable, 120 or 240 Vac, two-wire for 2-pin input, for use with KA11ME1 KSPRC-1775-H receptacle. (Basic cable, no length) Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 0-50 feet.* KA11ME1-X Armored (10 ft) input cable: (Basic cable, no length) KA124ME Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 10-50 feet. KA124ME-X Input cable, 120 Vac, three-wire for 3-pin input, for use with KME4-67-3 KSPRC-1775-J receptacle. (Basic cable, no length) Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 0-50 feet.* KME4-67-3-X * To order a mating plug body only (no cable, for customer supplied cable), enter length as “0”.

280-101-6 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Table 9. Automation Packages† Description Catalog Number Wireless communication provisions package Includes 13.5 Vdc interface board and radio mounting tray (Radio and communications KSPRC-1774-29 interface card not included) Cellular communications connection and protection package: 32” SMA(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 700 MHz-2 GHz Polyphaser and mounting hardware, KSPRC-1774-22* N(f)-type external termination WiFi/Max communications connection and protection package 32” SMA(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 2 GHz-6 GHz Polyphaser and mounting hardware, KSPRC-1774-23* N(f)-type external termination, TNC(m)-SMA(f) inline coaxial adapter 125 MHz-1 GHz N-terminated radio connection and protection package 25” N(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 125 MHz-1 GHz Polyphaser and mounting hardware, KSPRC-1774-24* N(f)-type external termination 700 MHz-2 GHz TNC-terminated radio connection and protection package 32” TNC(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 700 MHz-2 GHz Polyphaser and mounting hardware KSPRC-1774-25* N(f)-type external termination Polyphaser and mounting hardware - 125 MHz-1 GHz KSPRC-1775-A* Polyphaser and mounting hardware - 700 MHz-2 GHz KSPRC-1775-B* Polyphaser and mounting hardware - 2 GHz-6 GHz KSPRC-1775-C*

† Required Communication Interface Option: (1) RS-232 Interface * Requires that the KSPRC-1774-29 Wireless Communication Provisions Package also be ordered

Table 10. Communication Support Equipment Description Catalog Number USB Cable: Type A male to Type B male connectors 2.0 meters (6.5 feet) length KSPRC-66

Table 11. Cable Locking Sleeves Description Catalog Number Cable locking sleeve, quantity 1 KSPRC-1772-1 Cable locking sleeve, quantity 2 KSPRC-1772-2 Cable locking sleeve, quantity 3 KSPRC-1772-3

Table 12. Miscellaneous Accessories Description Catalog Number 120 Vac Battery charger for spare batteries KME5-60-1 Adapter cable, 15 ft., for use with KMET Tester KSPRC-145-15

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-7 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Recloser features Recloser operation Ratings and characteristic features Fault currents are sensed by one 1000:1 ratio sensing current transformer embedded in the recloser . This CT provides a continuous Single-phase protection on systems rated 2 .4 through 14 .4 kV is pro- measurement of line current, monitored by the electronic control . vided by SPEAR15 reclosers . SPEAR27 reclosers can be applied on When current level exceeds the programmed minimum trip level, systems rated through 27 .0 kV . Higher-voltage system protection at the magnitude of the overcurrent is integrated with time, using a 34 .5 kV is provided by Type SPEAR38 reclosers . A ratings summary programmed time–current curve characteristic . The control then sig- for SPEAR reclosers is shown in Tables 13 . nals the trip in the recloser, opening the main contact of the encap- Operation sulated vacuum bottle . Sensing current transformers, embedded in the recloser, supply The control signals tripping and closing . The recloser always main- fault-sensing information to the electronic control . Tripping and clos- tains energy for a tripping operation following a closing operation . ing signals from the control energize the operating circuits in the The electronic recloser control provides determination of phase trip recloser . Due to a single CT ratio for all ratings, minimum-trip values sequences and operations to lockout and reclosing and resetting tim- of the electronic control are independent of the continuous-current ing, adjustable with the control without de-energizing the recloser . and interrupting ratings of the recloser . Construction Flexibility in coordination with other protective devices is provided by varied time–current characteristics from a choice of standard or cus- Recloser tomized curves, minimum trip values, reclosing and resetting time Designed for long service life and no maintenance, the SPEAR settings, and a selection of accessories . recloser has a solid-polymer interrupter module with an embedded current transformer and a standard mild steel mechanism housing; Vacuum interruption light gray is the standard color . A single break on each phase is accomplished by separating con- Cycloaliphatic-epoxy polymer encapsulation provides solid insulation tacts inside the vacuum interrupter . All arcing is contained within the and maintenance-free, environmentally safe operation . There is no vacuum envelope . The patented axial-magnetic vacuum interrupters, monitoring or maintaining of gas pressure or oil levels; there are no used in SPEAR reclosers, offers extended and increased duty cycles toxic or environmentally unfriendly materials . compared with oil or radial-magnetic interrupters . The axial-magnetic field keeps the arc in a diffused mode, resulting in less arc power to There are no foam fillers or insulation seals, eliminating potential be dissipated, resulting in low thermal stress, suitable for encapsula- moisture ingress areas . The SPEAR recloser module exhibits good tion . absorption of elastic energy and resistance to cracking and crack propagation . Additionally, durable environmental properties make the Surge protection solid polymer suitable for outdoor applications, including seacoasts, Best operating results are achieved if reclosers are protected with deserts, and areas of high pollution . surge arresters . On line applications, arrester protection is recom- Surface tracking mended on both sides of the recloser . (If protection is on one side only, it should be on the source side . In substations, arresters should The cycloaliphatic epoxy is highly resistant to contaminants and be on the load side .) Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems distribution resists tracking and flashovers under extreme pollution levels to class arresters provide excellent protection and are available with reduce both flashovers and the associated cost of repairs . mounting brackets to fit SPEAR reclosers . Hydrophobicity The module maintains excellent hydrophobicity, a property characterized by water beading into isolated drops, and is highly resistant to moisture absorption . Hydrophobicity prevents continuous sheets of water from forming leakage current paths that deteriorate the creepage withstand level .

Ultraviolet resistance The cycloaliphatic epoxy resists ultraviolet radiation damage even in harsh climates, maintaining a smooth, unblemished, self-cleansing surface with low-adhesion to contaminants .

Tensile strength Outstanding tensile and flexural strength characteristics mean the Manual OPEN SPEAR recloser module is tough and non-fragmenting, reducing shipment and handling charges . Shed design The shed design utilizes alternate sized skirts . The major sheds shield and protect the minor sheds to enhance the hydrophobicity and ultraviolet resistance of the module, eliminate formation of microcracks, and ensure extra-protected creepage . Additionally, sharp edges direct water away from the unit . Water paths and ice formations are effectively eliminated .

Flashover recovery Figure 1. SPEAR recloser Flashovers occur when an object, usually wildlife, contacts energized parts of the equipment . The SPEAR recloser minimizes the effect of flashovers with remarkable physical resilience, arc-quenching properties, and a self-healing ability . SPEAR reclosers can withstand

280-101-8 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014 the enormous forces experienced during faults without wholesale Because the smallest amount of internal contamination can damage and allows reenergizing after external flashover without significantly shorten the life of a vacuum interrupter, special care is cleaning . taken to avoid even minute contamination from any source, including dust particles, machining oils, or human body salts . No paraffinic Vacuum interrupters oils are used in the machining process, all machined parts are put SPEAR reclosers use vacuum as the interrupting medium . Vacuum through a cleaning/ degreasing process, and then all components are interrupters (Figure 2) provide fast, low-energy arc interruption electro-polished in a positive-pressure, air-filtered area . A Class 100 with long contact and interrupter life, low mechanical stress, and clean room facility is used for the final interrupter production . The maximum operating safety . With arc interruption taking place in a furnaces employ a custom-designed, three-stage pumping system to vacuum, contact and interrupter life are several times greater than yield high levels of vacuum . Every vacuum interrupter is then tested with interruption in oil, virtually eliminating interrupter maintenance . and tracked with individual serial numbers . Manual operation The recloser can be opened manually with a hotstick to pull down the yellow manual OPEN handle under the sleet hood . With the handle in the OPEN position, the control cannot close the recloser . The recloser is closed, following a manual open, by pushing the yellow handle back under the sleet hood and then using the electronic control to close the recloser . Similarly, the recloser can be operated from the manual control switch on the electronic control panel, provided the manual operating handle is up . A red contact position indicator flag, adjacent to the manual operating handle, shows recloser contact position .

Accessories Terminals Figure 2. Cross section of a vacuum interrupter used in SPEAR reclosers. The standard terminal is an eyebolt, 1/0–500 mcm (630 A) . Eyebolt 4/0– 1000 mcm (800 A), 2-hole and 4-hole, flat-pad terminals, and Eaton’s Cooper Power System vacuum interrupters are designed stud-type terminals are available as an accessory . with a metal and ceramic housing for maximum strength and long-term vacuum integrity . Oxygen-free, high conductivity copper, Pole-mounting hanger stainless steel, and a nickel-copper alloy are used in the vacuum A pole-mounting hanger, which bolts directly to the recloser tank, is interrupters . The high alumina ceramic has more than five times the available for pole-mounting installation . strength of glass, which permits a higher processing temperature to develop maximum purity of the assembly, and is impervious to Arrester-mounting brackets helium penetration, maintaining the vacuum level . Additionally, it provides wear resistance, chemical resistance, and a high dielectric The arrester-mounting bracket accessory can be bolted to the strength . recloser tank . The arresters are not included with the brackets . Enclosed in the interrupter is a stationary and a moving contact assembly . The moving contact has a travel of approximately one- half inch, its shaft passing through a flexible bellows that maintains vacuum integrity . Contacts consist of a high purity copper sintered with aluminathermic chromium .

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-9 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Table 13. Ratings and specifications Rating 15-8-400 15-12-630 15-12-800 27-8-400 27-12-630 27-12-800 38-8-400 38-12-630 38-12-800 Maximum Design Voltage (kV) 15.5 15.5 15.5 27.0 27.0 27.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 Nominal Operating Voltage (kV) 14.4 14.4 14.4 24.9 24.9 24.9 34.5 34.5 34.5 Basic Insulation Level (BIL*) (kV) 110 110 110 125 125 125 170 170 170 60 Hertz Withstand Voltage (kV) Dry, one minute 50 50 50 60 60 60 70 70 70 Wet, ten seconds 45 45 45 50 50 50 60 60 60 Max RIV at 1.0 MHz 9.4 kV (µV) 100 100 100 16.4 kV (µV) 100 100 100 23.0 kV (µV) 100 100 100 Continuous Current Ratings (A) 400 630 800 400 630 800 400 630 800 Sym. Interrupting Current (A) 8,000 12,500 12,500 8,000 12,500 12,500 8,000 12,500 12,500 Overload Capability 125% - 8 Hours (A) 500 788 None 500 788 None 500 788 None 150% - 4 Hours (A) 600 945 – 600 945 – 600 945 – Cable Charging Current (A) 10 10 10 25 25 25 40 40 40 Line Charging Current (A) 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 Three-Second Current, Sym. (A) 8,000 12,500 12,500 8,000 12,500 12,500 8,000 12,500 12,500

*Extended BIL option available on 15.5 kV and 27 kV products.

Table 14. Mechanical Life Minimum Operations 2,500

Table 15. Duty Cycle Percent of Maximum Minimum Number of Unit Circuit Interrupting Rating X/R Ratio Operations at 12.5 kA 15-20 4 88 45-55 8 112 90-100 17 32 Total 232

Table 16. Mass (Weight) per Single-Phase Recloser Recloser SPEAR15 SPEAR27 SPEAR38 lbs (kg) 105 (48) 110 (50) 120 (55)

280-101-10 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Receptacle - Control Cable Creepage Distances Description SPEAR15 SPEAR27 SPEAR38 Terminal to Terminal 40.9 in 40.9 in 40.9 in 1040 mm 1040 mm 1040 mm Lower Terminal to Ground 26.5 in 30.5 in 37.5 in 673 mm 772 mm 950 mm 15.75 in (401 mm)

10.5 in (267 mm) 9.75 in (248 mm)

Ground Connector #6 Solid to 250 MCM C Stranded Cable Range

B Mounting Holes 12 in (305 mm) for 5/8 in (15 mm) Bolts

16.25 in (159 mm)

11.25 in (283 mm)

SPEAR Recloser Dimensions Terminal Option Type Dimension A B C D Eyebolt - (630 A) 3.25 in/80 mm SPEAR15 34.5 in 27.5 in 45.55 in 1/0 to 500 MCM Cable Range 878 mm 693 mm 1157 mm Eyebolt - (800 A) 4.25 in/108 mm SPEAR27 36.75 in 29.5 in 47.75 in 4/0 to 1000 MCM Cable Range 933 mm 749 mm 1213 mm Flat Pad - 2 Hole (630 A max) 4.5 in/114 mm SPEAR38 40.5 in 33.5 in 51.5 in Flat Pad - 4 Hole (800 A max) 4.75 in/121 mm 1033 mm 848 mm 1312 mm Stud Type - (800 A max) 3.25 in/82 mm 1.125 - 12 threads

Figure 3. Recloser dimensions.

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-11 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

6 .6 in (167.6 mm)

SPEAR Recloser Top View Ø .8 1 in (20.6 mm)

6 .6 in (167.6 mm)

1 8 .0 in (457.2 mm)

6 .6 in (167.6 mm)

Ø .8 1 in (20.6 mm)

1 8 .0 in (457.2 mm)

SPEAR Recloser Side View SPEAR Recloser Mounting Channel Dimensions.

NNote Dimensions for recloser are shown on page 11 .

Figure 4. Recloser dimensions with pole-mounting accessory.

280-101-12 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Control features Sequence coordination Control security The SPEAR control Sequence Coordination feature will allow the control to step through selected operations in the operating The SPEAR single-phase recloser control has multiple customer- sequence without tripping when a down-line recloser is proceeding programmable security codes to limit control programming and through its reclose sequence . The number of advances is program- viewing function access to authorized personnel . The SPEAR control mable from one to three operations to provide trip coordination with is capable of supporting numeric passwords . The front panel Human- the down-line recloser . Machine Interface (HMI) includes a user-selected security code to access the settings . Plus, the ProView NXG interface software has Manual close time delay its own security levels for multiple-user access . The SPEAR control includes a Manual Close Delay which provides a Protection profiles delay from the time the manual CLOSE button is pushed to the time the manual close operation is performed . The SPEAR control provides two protection profiles, each capable of fully specifying the operation of the control . The protection profiles Metering are selectable through the front-panel push button interface or The SPEAR control comes equipped with a full complement of through the interface software and USB communication port . Each metering capabilities, which include instantaneous, demand, demand protection profile contains overcurrent protection and operation peak, and energy metering . The control will be capable of the follow- settings . ing metering values: Reclosing and overcurrent protection/TCCs • Real and reactive power, including direction of power flow The SPEAR control offers flexible phase overcurrent protection which • Demand currents can be programmed with up to four operations-to-lockout . Each • Instantaneous currents time-current curve (TCC) can be individually programmed from up to fifty-four standard curves which can be further customized . Time- • Instantaneous voltage current curves are available for fast and delayed operations . Reclose • Instantaneous frequency intervals and reset time can also be programmed by the user . • Energy High current lockout • Instantaneous power factor The High Current Lockout (HCL) feature will automatically lockout • Metering Settings which include demand interval, and alarm the control when the current exceeds a programmed threshold . The thresholds for current, voltage, frequency, power factor, frequen- active number of selectable operations to lockout is independently cy, kVA, kVAR, and kW selectable for each protection profile . Cold load pickup Diagnostic tools The SPEAR control provides a Cold Load Pickup (CLPU) feature that The SPEAR control comes complete with a suite of diagnostic tools will prevent the control from tripping due to short-term increases in to help troubleshoot problems, analyze system events and condi- current caused by loss of normal load diversity or feeder inrush . This tions, and monitor the life of your recloser . All diagnostic information feature has an independently programmable minimum trip value, is stored in non-volatile memory so even if the control loses power, time-current curve, reclose interval, and number of operations to all system and event information will remain intact . lockout for each protection profile . The CLPU feature will also inhibit ‘normal’ overcurrent protection during the CLPU active time . Hot line tag The SPEAR control includes a Hot Line Tag (HLT) membrane push button that will block all Close operations, local or remote, for live- line work . The control will trip on one operation-to-lockout on the composite curve of the HLT definite time and the TCC1 curve, whichever is faster, when HLT is active . Hot Line Tag takes precedence over Cold Load Pickup, Non-Reclosing, and Fast Trips Disabled . The Hot Line Tag time delay is independently selectable for each protection profile . Fast trips disabled The Fast Trips Disabled feature will ignore the normal TCCs and number of trips and instead use the Fast Trips Disabled settings when Fast Trips Disabled is active . Fast Trips Disabled is independently selectable for each protection profile .

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-13 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Recloser wear monitor Contact input/output (I/O) module option The Recloser Wear Monitor will observe the life of the recloser appa- The SPEAR control comes pre-configured with two sets of Input ratus by recording how many times the recloser has been opened as and Output contacts . This feature permits connection of contact well as keep track of the current interrupted in percentage compared type input devices (switches, relays) and discrete indicating devices to preset total Duty Cycle Factor . The monitor allows for program- (relays, LEDs, lamps) to the SPEAR control to affect local discrete mable entries to preset the duty of an existing recloser . input/output . The SPEAR control is designed to only have a maxi- Sequence of events recorder mum of 2 Inputs and Output contacts . Additional I/O is not required . Communications The Sequence of Events (SOE) Recorder is capable of capturing discrete events such as Open/Close status changes, faults, mechanism The SPEAR control is equipped with one communication accessory failures, etc . The SOE places an accurate time stamp and analog expansion bay offering versatile support for modern communication information on the events and stores them in non-volatile memory media . One distinct communication option is available, providing so they won’t be lost in the event that the control loses power . The two-way, real time SCADA communications with a remote terminal SOE recorder is capable of maintaining up to 1000 events and can unit (RTU), short or long-range radio, or other communication devic- record up to 48 different event types, including overcurrent trip, con- es with DNP3 support . The following option is available: trol trip, non-reclose ON/OFF, external alarm, and control lockout . • RS-232 (isolated) Serial communication card Data profiler The expansion bay communication accessory concept offers high A fully configurable data profiler is available which allows the user versatility with respect to communication medium and protocol to collect information by sampling data at selectable intervals . These support . Additional accessories are being continuously developed . time-stamped values can then be viewed to determine weekly load Contact your Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems representative for the profiles, hourly voltage and/or current fluctuations, battery voltage latest information regarding particular media and communication and current, and frequency . The number of days of information the protocol support data profiler can provide depends upon configuration parameters .

Figure 5. Serial RS-232.

Figure 6. SPEAR single-phase recloser control-side panel communication port.

280-101-14 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

Front panel human-machine interface (HMI) Display LCD module (Figure 7) The SPEAR control has a newly designed, intuitive Human-Machine • 4 lines-by-16 characters with backlighting option Interface (HMI) (Figure 8) that is designed to minimize training costs . • Designed with simple to use arrow keypad look and operation • Automatic backlight shut off after 15 minutes of inactivity

User interface and LED indicators The status indicator LEDs (Figures 9 and 10) provide instant notification on the recloser and control status . • PHASE FAULT: This LED illuminates when the control issues an overcurrent trip signal while the phase current exceeds the programmed minimum trip value . • ABOVE MIN TRIP: This LED illuminates when the control detects that current is above the programmed minimum trip value • LOCKOUT: This LED illuminates to indicate the control is in a locked out state, i .e . a reclosing sequence is not in progress . This LED does not indicate that the recloser is open . • OPEN: This LED illuminates to indicate the recloser is in the open position Figure 7. Display LCD module. • CLOSED: This LED illuminates to indicate the recloser is in the closed position . The LED will blink when a delayed CLOSE is active . A Close will occur when the manual close delay timer expires .

Common look and feel similar to other ProView NXG Based controls simplifies HMI understanding and operation

Indicators for phase fault and above minimum trip at a glance Indicators show control diagnostics

LED indicates the status of the recloser (Open, Closed, or Front panel USB port allow Locked out) for easy connection to laptop

Trip and Close membrane push buttons are easily operated in Soft-keys allow for single push any condition activation of commonly used control functions

Hot Line Tag membrane push button for easy activation of HLT . A ring of three (3) LEDs indicates when HLT is active .

Figure 8. Front panel Human-Machine Interface (HMI).

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-15 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

• ALARM: This LED illuminates to indicate an alarm condition exists . The LED will flash for unacknowledged alarms, and will continuously illuminate for acknowledged alarms . • CONTROL OK: This indicator illuminates to indicate that the control passed self-diagnostics and is capable of normal operation • AC POWER: This indicator is illuminated when the presence of ac input power to the control is sensed • BATTERY: This LED illuminates to indicate battery voltage is low or the battery failed an operator-initiated manual test

The DATA PORT section (Figure 11) on the front operating panel allows for direct connection to a personal computer . • The USB data port is a client port used to communicate with the control from a personal computer . This port is used for accessing the control with ProView NXG application software . All settings, metering, alarms, and events are available from this port .

Operating panel (Figure 12) Figure 9. Status Indicator LEDs. • TRIP (Lockout) Membrane Push Button: The TRIP push button provides front-panel access to trip (lockout) the recloser . When pressed, the TRIP push button opens the recloser and locks out the control . • CLOSE Membrane Push Button: When pressed, the CLOSE push button returns the control to the initial or home sequence position, closing the recloser . The control is ready for the start of a new trip/close sequence . • HOT LINE TAG ON/OFF: Hot Line Tag is provided for live-line work applications . All closing operations are disabled when the Hot Line Tag feature is activated .

Hot Line Tag prevents all closing attempts from the control and shifts protection to one trip-to-lockout on the composite curve of the Hot Line Tag definite time and the TCC1 curve (whichever is faster) . Hot Line Tag takes precedence over Cold Load Pickup, Non-Reclosing, and Fast Trips Disabled . Hot Line Tag is activated from either the operator panel membrane push button, local, or remote communications . All sources must be off to de-activate Hot Line Tag . The Hot Line Tag function may only be reset by the source which initiates it .

• Figure 10. Status Indicator LEDs.

Figure 12. Operating Panel.

Figure 11. Data Port.

280-101-16 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

One-touch function keys (Figure 13) Operation upon loss of ac power SUPERVISORY OFF The control is equipped with an 8 Amp-Hour 24 Vdc lead acid battery for operation upon loss of ac power . The control maintains full When the SUPERVISORY OFF red indicator is illuminated, super- operation from the battery for a period of time dependent upon the visory commands are blocked . Supervisory functions through the battery size: USB data port is not blocked . Communications through the front panel USB port remain active independent of the status of the • 8 Amp-Hour – 48 hour (approximate) maximum (20 °C) SUPERVISORY OFF switch . Activation of this function key is restrict- Control programming settings and parameters – including event ed to the operator panel . Operational data and metering information recorder – are stored in non-volatile memory and retained upon loss are available while the control is in the SUPERVISORY OFF position . of control power . The time/date clock will continue to operate for NON RECLOSE approximately 30 days after loss of control power . The control is operating in a non-reclosing mode when the NON Accessories RECLOSE indicator is illuminated . Non-reclosing mode disables any Incoming power receptacles automatic reclosing operations . Non-reclosing does not alter the active TCC . Activation is possible from the SCADA port, the interface The Incoming Power Receptacle allows the user to conveniently plug software, or locally (via the front panel) . the power cable into the control, eliminating the need for hardwiring to the control . Table 8 includes the part number for the ac input BATTERY TEST cable of varying lengths . A direct shortcut to run the battery test feature . The LCD screen will Cable locking sleeves show the battery voltage and current . After the battery test is run, the battery test results are shown (battery voltage and current) . To prevent detachment of the control cable from the control cabinet by unauthorized personnel, a cable-locking sleeve is available to ALT PROFILE 1 enclose the cable plug . The plug is passed through the sleeve and The SPEAR control has two protection profiles; a normal profile, and the sleeve is then fastened from inside the control cabinet . There Alternate Profile . When the operator panel display lights are active is no access to the cable receptacle without opening the locked and the ALT PROFILE indicator is not illuminated, the Normal profile cabinet door and detaching the sleeve . The cable locking sleeves is active . Only one profile can be active . can be ordered up to a quantity of three (3) . Refer to Table 11 for the correct catalog number based on quantity . To select the alternate profile, press the ALT PROFILE button . To return to the Normal profile, press the ALT PROFILE button to deselect it . These functions can also be completed remotely via communications interfaces .

Figure 13. One-touch function keys.

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-17 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

13.15 11.75 (334.01) (298.45) 10.63 12.01 1.13 (270.00) (305.05) (28.70) 6.00 LIFTING LUG (152.4)

1.69 (42.93)

LATCHES WITH 22.60 PADLOCK MOUNTING CHANNELS (574.04) PROVISIONS

20.87 (530.1) 17.72 (450.09)

1.46 (37.08) 9.84 1.12 (249.94) (28.45) Front View .87 Right Side View (22.1) (Door Removed)

PROVISIONS FOR UP TO 5/8 in (15 mm) MOUNTING HARDWARE

POWER SUPPLY

BATTERY

GROUND LUG FOR #4 TO #14 SOLID OR STRANDED WIRE Front View Back View With Control and Door Removed for Clarity

Figure 14. SPEAR control dimensions.

280-101-18 www.cooperpower.com SPEAR single-phase recloser system Technical Data 280-101 Effective January 2014

VENT OPENINGS

INPUT RECEPTACLE

FEMALE RECEPTACLE FOR RECLOSER FOR RADIO ANTENNA CONTROL CABLE Bottom View RECEPTACLES

CONTROL MODULE

OPTIONAL RS-232 COMMUNICATION PORT

CONTACT I/O MODULE

Module Side View

Figure 14. SPEAR control dimensions (continued).

www.cooperpower.com 280-101-19 Technical Data 280-101 SPEAR single-phase recloser system Effective January 2014

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton.com

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Waukesha, WI 53188 United States Cooperpower.com For Eaton’s Cooper Power © 2014 Eaton Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, ProView, and Systems SPEAR recloser All Rights Reserved SPEAR are valuable trademarks of Eaton, system product information Printed in USA in the U.S. and other countries. You are not Publication No. 280-101 permitted to use these trademarks without call 1-877-277-4636 or visit: January 2014 the prior written consent of Eaton. www.cooperpower.com.

280-101-20 Effective April 2014 Technical Data 280-104 Supersedes May 2011 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories

Description The Form 4D recloser control is the first in a line of fully integrated controls developed by Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems. These controls will feature a standard look and feel, and a universal platform that can be programmed for almost any protective application. This means one standard operating system and front panel to train field technicians on. That translates to fewer training expenses, reduced inventory, and a distribution system that is much easier to maintain. In addition to the flexible and user-friendly platform, the new Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems controls will have the communications technology to take your system into the future. With fully modular communication compatibility, these controls will support cellular and radio communications utilizing the DNP3 and other serial and network protocols. Side panel RS-232, fiber-optic, Ethernet, and RS-485 ports are available for connection to SCADA or other devices. These ports are accessed by swinging the control panel forward. The Form 4D recloser control provides phase and ground current sensing, and three-phase voltage sensing. The Form 4D control can compute power, energy, power factor, and power flow direction from these current and voltage inputs. The standardized front panel of the Form 4D control can be used to program and interrogate the control, as well as to display metering and alarm information. Control parameters can also be programmed via personal computer using ProView NXG™ interface software. Temporary connection to the control can be made through the front panel USB port. The ProView NXG interface software includes the functionality to create and modify time-current curves (TCCs), and provides diagnostic information. The Form 4D control analysis tools include event recording, data profiling, and various metering capabilities.

280-104-1 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Ordering information • From Table 2, specify the catalog number that describes the required control cable. To order a basic Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control: • From Tables 3 through 11, specify the catalog numbers that • From Table 1, construct a catalog number that describes the describe the required accessories. required control.

Table 1. Base Form 4D Pole-Mounted Microprocessor-Based Recloser Control Description Catalog Number Base letters for a Form 4D control, pole-mount control KME4DP Specify control usage option (Replace “X”) KME4DPX A = For use with Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems auxiliary and line-powered reclosers with 14-pin connection (WE, WVE27, WVE38X, VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, VSA20A, VSO12,VSO16, NOVA15, NOVA27, NOVA38) B = For use with Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems control-powered NOVA reclosers with 19-pin connection (NOVA15A, NOVA27A, or NOVA38A) Specify battery option (Replace “X”) KME4DPXX 0 = 8 Amp-Hour battery 1 = 13 Amp-Hour battery A = Mounting provisions only for the 8 Amp-Hour battery (batteries not included) B = Mounting provisions only for the 13 Amp-Hour battery (batteries not included) Specify current sensing option (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXX 0 = Standard, 1 Amp CT Specify voltage connection scheme (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXX 0 = Universal voltage inputs Specify control cabinet code (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXX 0 = Mild-steel cabinet 1 = Stainless-steel cabinet Specify front-panel code (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXX 0 = Inserts, Domestic 1 = Inserts, International [Includes SEF inserts as standard.] Specify I/O options (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXX 0 = No universal contacts required 1 = One set of universal contacts, 4in/4out, 12-250 Vac, maximum 12-gauge wire 2 = Two sets of universal contacts, 8in/8out complete, 12-250 Vac, maximum 12-gauge wire 3 = Three sets of universal contacts, 12in/12out complete, 12-250 Vac, maximum 12-gauge wire 4 = Four sets of universal contacts, 16in/16out complete, 12-250 Vac, maximum 12-gauge wire Specify communication protocols, Port 1* (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXXX 0 = DNP, IEC 60870-5 (for use with any interface option) 2 = 2179, MODBUS, DNP, and IEC 60870-5 (for use with serial interfaces only) Specify communication interfaces, Port 1* (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXXXX 0 = Standard; None 1 = RS232 DB9 2 = Serial Fiber ST 3 = RS485 TB, Isolated 4 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Single-Mode (Fiber-Optic) LC 5 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) MTRJ 6 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) ST 7 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) SC 8 = Ethernet 10/100 BASE T/TX (Copper) RJ45 Specify communication protocols, Port 2* (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXXXXX 0 = DNP, IEC 60870-5 (for use with any interface option) 1 = IEC 61850, DNP, and IEC 60870-5 (for use with Ethernet interfaces only) 2 = 2179, MODBUS, DNP, and IEC 60870-5 (for use with serial interfaces only) Specify communication interfaces, Port 2* (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXXXXXX 0 = Standard; None 1 = RS232 DB9 2 = Serial Fiber ST 3 = RS485 TB, Isolated 4 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Single-Mode (Fiber-Optic) LC 5 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) MTRJ 6 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) ST 7 = Ethernet 100 BASE FX Multi-Mode (Fiber-Optic) SC 8 = Ethernet 10/100 BASE T/TX (Copper) RJ45 Specify language option (Replace “X”) KME4DPXXXXXXXXXXXX E = English S = Spanish, Latin-America X = Other Language (contact factory) * Refer to the following for communication protocol and communication interface compatibility rules: • DNP Serial is compatible with Communication Interface options 1-3. • DNP TCP/IP is compatible with Communication Interface options 4-8. • IEC 60870-5-101 is compatible with Communication Interface options 1-3. • IEC 60870-5-104 is compatible with Communication Interface options 4-8. • IEC 61850 is compatible with Communication Interface options 4-8. • Cooper 2179 and Modbus are compatible with Communication Interface options 1-3.

280-104-2 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

Table 2. Control Cable Description Catalog Number For Types WE, WVE27, WVE38X, VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, AC-NOVA15, AC-NOVA27A, AC-NOVA38A Control cable, 18 gauge, Select from up to 79 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA1ME-X Control cable, 16 gauge, Select from 80 to 125 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA18ME-X Control cable, 14 gauge, Select from 126 to 200 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA35ME-X For Types VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, VSA20A, VSO12, VSO16 Control cable, 18 gauge, Select from 11 to 20 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA1ME-X Control cable, 16 gauge, Select from 21 to 35 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA18ME-X Control cable, 14 gauge, Select from 36 to 50 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA35ME-X For Types DC-NOVA15A, DC-NOVA27A, DC-NOVA38A (control-powered NOVA reclosers) Control cable, 16 gauge, Select from 11 to 125 feet. (Replace “X” with desired cable length.) KA1119R6-X

Table 3. Communication Support Equipment Description Catalog Number USB cable, Type A male-to-Type B male connectors, 2 meters (6.5-ft.) KME4D-66

Table 4. Receptacles and Wiring Description Catalog Number AC input receptacles 120 Vac or 240 Vac input receptacle, 2-pin KME4D-1775-H 120 Vac input receptacle, 3-pin KME4D-1775-J 240 Vac input receptacle, 3-pin KME4D-1775-K Low-voltage closing receptacles* 120 Vac low-voltage closing 2-pin input and 2-pin output receptacles KME4D-1775-A 120 Vac low-voltage closing with 3-pin input and 2-pin output receptacles KME4D-1775-B 120 Vac low-voltage closing with inlet hole and 2-pin output receptacle KME4D-1775-C 240 Vac low-voltage closing with 2-pin input and 2-pin output receptacles KME4D-1775-D 240 Vac low-voltage closing with 3-pin input and 2-pin output receptacles KME4D-1775-E 240 Vac low-voltage closing, for 2 wire with inlet hole and 2-pin output receptacle KME4D-1775-F 240 Vac low-voltage closing, for 3 wire with inlet hole and 2-pin output receptacle KME4D-1775-G *Low-voltage closing receptacles are only applicable to control usage “A”. Refer to Table 1.

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-3 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Table 5. Input and Low Voltage Closing Cables Description Catalog Number AC input cables Input cable, 120 or 240 Vac, two-wire for 2-pin input, for use with KME4D-1775-H, A or D receptacles. Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 10 to 80 feet. Input cable, 240 Vac, three-wire for 3-pin input, for use with KME4D-1775-K or E receptacles. Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 10 to 80 feet. KA11ME1-X Input cable, 120 Vac, three-wire for 3-pin input, for use with KME4D-1775-J or B receptacles. KME4-67-2-X Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 10 to 80 feet. KME4-67-3-X Low-voltage closing cables Low-voltage closing cable, 2-wire, for use with KME4D-1775-A, B, C, D, E, F, or G receptacles. Replace “X” with desired length. Select from 10 to 80 feet . KA13ME1-X

Table 6. Internal Voltage Sensing Description Catalog Number Internal Voltage Sensing input receptacle, 4-pin KME4D-3799-A

NNote: Internal voltage sensing receptacle is only compatible with reclosers equipped with internal voltage sensors.

NNote: The internal voltage sensing cable (KA97ME) is ordered with the recloser. If a replacement cable is required, contact your Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems representative.

Table 7. Cable Locking Sleeves Description Catalog Number Cable locking sleeve, (quantity of 1) KME4D-1772-1 Cable locking sleeve, (quantity of 2) KME4D-1772-2 Cable locking sleeve, (quantity of 3) KME4D-1772-3 Cable locking sleeve, (quantity of 4) KME4D-1772-4 Cable locking sleeve, (quantity of 5) KME4D-1772-5

Table 8. Terminal Blocks (maximum 12-gauge wire) Description Catalog Number BCT shorting-type terminal block for (LOAD) bushings 2, 4, 6 KME4D-1773-A BCT shorting-type terminal block for (SOURCE) bushings 1, 3, 5 KME4D-1773-B Terminal block and receptacle for wiring of three-stage auxiliary switch, KA542R3 . KME4D-1801-11 NNote: For every one terminal block accessory ordered, the maximum additional I/O allowed quantity is reduced by one.

Table 9. Convenience Outlet Description Catalog Number Fused 120 Vac, 3-wire polarized GFI convenience outlet KME4D-1776

Table 10. Miscellaneous Accessories Description Catalog Number 120 Vac Battery Charger for spare batteries KME5-60-1 “Made in USA” decal K89-407-1

280-104-4 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

Table 11. Automation Accessory Packages (A maximum of two accessories can be ordered. KME4D-1774-21 is not included in this maximum.) Description Catalog Number Wireless communication provisions package KME4D-1774-21 13.5 Vdc interface board, radio mounting tray (Radio and communications interface cards not included) Cellular communications connection and protection package KME4D-1774-14* 32” SMA(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 700MHz - 2GHz PolyPhaser and mounting hardware, N(f)-type external termination WiFi/WiMax communications connection and protection package KME4D-1774-15* 32” SMA(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 2GHz-6GHz Polyphaser and mounting hardware, N(f)-type external termination, TNC(m)-SMA(m) in-line coaxial adapter 125MHz to 1GHz N-terminated radio connection and protection package KME4D-1774-16* 25” N(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 125MHz to 1GHz PolyPhaser and mounting hardware N(f)-type external termination 700MHz to 2GHz TNC-terminated radio connection and protection package KME4D-1774-17* 32” TNC(m)-N(m) coax pigtail, 700MHz to 2GHz PolyPhaser and mounting hardware, N(f)-type external termination PolyPhaser and mounting hardware - 125MHz-1GHz KME4D-1774-A* N(f)-type external termination PolyPhaser and mounting hardware - 700MHz-2GHz KME4D-1774-B* N(f)-type external termination PolyPhaser and mounting hardware - 2GHz-6GHz KME4D-1774-C* N(f)-type external termination

* Requires that the KME4D-1774-21 wireless communication provisions package also be ordered. Notee: Corresponding communication interfaces from Port 1 and/or Port 2 must be ordered in conjunction with automation accessories.

PROVISIONS FOR UP TO 5/8" 1.13 LIFTING MOUNTING HARDWARE. LUG

15.07

1.45

QUARTER TURN LATCH WITH PADLOCK 18.00 20.19 PROVISIONS 21.94 (.295-.394” SHACKLE DIAMETER)

QUARTER TURN 13.40 1.25 GROUND LUG FOR LATCH #6 to #14 SOLID OR STRANDED WIRE

FOR RADIO ANTENNA LASER CUT RECEPTACLE VENT OPENINGS

RECEPTACLE OPENINGS FOR OPTIONAL RECEPTACLES FOR RECLOSER UNDER STAINLESS COVERS, ACCESSABLE ONLY FROM CONTROL CABLE INSIDE OF CABINET CONTROL WEIGHT: 29 kg (63 lbs.) [without battery] CONTROL POWER 8 AH BATTERY WEIGHT: 6 kg (13 lbs.) INPUT 13 AH BATTERY WEIGHT: 10 kg (24 lbs.) (All weights are approximate.) Figure 1. Form 4D pole mount recloser control weight and dimensions.

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-5 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Control features Hot line tag Control security The Form 4D includes a Hot Line Tag (HLT) switch that will block all Close operations, local or remote, for live-line work. The control will The Form 4D recloser control has multiple customer-programmable trip on one operation-to-lockout on the composite curve of the HLT security codes to limit control programming and viewing function definite time and the TCC1 curve, whichever is faster, when HLT is access to authorized personnel. The Form 4D control is capable of active. Hot Line Tag takes precedence over Cold Load Pickup, Non- supporting strong passwords containing letters (upper and lower Reclosing, and Fast Trips Disabled. The Hot Line Tag time delay is case), numbers, and symbols. The front panel Human-Machine independently selectable for each protection profile. Interface (HMI) includes a user-selected security code to access the settings. Plus, the ProView NXG interface software has its own Fast trips disabled security levels for multiple-user access. The Fast Trips Disabled feature will ignore the normal TCCs and Protection profiles number of trips and instead use the Fast Trips Disabled settings when Fast Trips Disabled is active. Fast Trips Disabled will have The Form 4D control provides two protection profiles, each capable separate phase and ground settings and is independently selectable of fully specifying the operation of the control. The protection for each protection profile. profiles are selectable through the front-panel push-button interface or through the interface software and USB communication ports. Ground trip precedence Each protection profile contains overcurrent protection, voltage protection, frequency protection, sync check, sensitive earth fault The Form 4D control comes equipped with an option for Ground Trip protection, and operation settings. Precedence. When ground trip precedence is selected to be active, the sequence uses the ground operations to lockout for fault current Reclosing and overcurrent protection/TCCs above both phase and ground minimum trip values. The Form 4D control offers flexible phase and ground overcurrent Voltage protection protection which can be programmed with up to four operations- to-lockout. Each time-current curve (TCC) can be individually The Form 4D control includes three levels each of over- and programmed from up to fifty standard curves which can be undervoltage protection and includes single-phase and three- further customized. Time-current curves are available for fast and phase protection for both over- and undervoltage conditions. Both delayed operations. The time-current curves are also selectable functions include a phase pickup, a phase time delay, a three-phase from a graphical TCC editor to visualize any modifications prior to pickup, and three-phase time delay. One overvoltage and one configuring the control. Reclose intervals and reset time can also be undervoltage alarm is also provided. programmed by the user. Frequency protection TCC editor II Six levels of frequency protection are included with the control, with Coordination and actual time current modifications are available each level configurable as either overfrequency or underfrequency. with a graphic, interactive TCC editor. The TCC Editor II includes A frequency restoration function, which can be enabled or disabled, a complete database of standard recloser industry time current will allow the recloser to automatically close should the frequency curves, both ANSI® and IEC types, along with the ability to return to within configured settings for a user-settable time. customize the TCCs with multipliers, constant time adders, or Sync check minimum response time adders. The user is also able to derive their own specific TCC through data point entry. The Form 4D control includes sync check functionality, which is used to qualify any close signal to the recloser when enabled via the sync Sensitive earth fault check settings. Sync check allows for closing for any combination of The Form 4D control includes Sensitive Earth Fault (SEF) protection, dead/live bus/line, and to perform anticipatory closing for a live bus/ which will provide tripping of the recloser for ground currents live line condition by calculating slip and anticipating the mechanism below normal ground minimum trip elements. The SEF feature closing delay. In addition to the anticipatory close calculation, the has programmable operations-to-lockout and reclose intervals sync check system performs verification of line and bus voltage independent of the ground settings and is independently selectable magnitudes and frequencies to determine that they are within pre- for each protection profile. determined ranges, and that the angular differences between the two systems is also within the pre-determined range. High current lockout Sequence coordination The High Current Lockout (HCL) feature will automatically lockout the control when the current exceeds a programmed threshold. The The Form 4D control Sequence Coordination feature will allow active number of operations-to-lockout is selectable for both phase the control to step through selected operations in the operating and ground and is independently selectable for each protection sequence without tripping when a down-line recloser is proceeding profile. through its reclose sequence. The number of advances is programmable from one to three operations to provide trip Cold load pickup coordination with the down-line recloser. The Form 4D control provides a Cold Load Pickup (CLPU) feature that will prevent the control from tripping due to short-term increases in current caused by loss of normal load diversity or feeder inrush. This feature has an independently programmable minimum trip value, time-current curve, reclose interval, and number of operations to lockout for each protection profile as well as for both phase and ground. The CLPU feature will also inhibit ‘normal’ overcurrent protection during the CLPU active time.

280-104-6 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

Manual close time delay Data profiler The Form 4D control includes a Manual Close Delay which provides A fully configurable data profiler is available which allows the user to a delay from the time the manual CLOSE button is pushed to the collect information by sampling data at selectable intervals. These time the manual close operation is performed. time-stamped values can then be viewed to determine weekly load profiles, daily harmonic disturbances, or hourly voltage fluctuations. Metering The number of days of information the data profiler can provide The Form 4D control comes equipped with a full complement depends upon configuration parameters. of metering capabilities, which include instantaneous, demand, demand peak, and energy metering. The control will be capable of Internal voltage sensing the following metering values: A four-wire cable and input receptacle accessory is required for Type NOVATM three-phase reclosers with the internal voltage sensing (IVS) • Real and reactive power for single- and three-phase, including direction of power flow. option. Internal voltage sensors, located on the source side, indicate voltage magnitude within an accuracy 2% or better and a phase • Demand currents on a per-phase basis. degree accuracy within 1.5 degrees (includes sensor, cable, and • Instantaneous currents, including ground current. control). The 4-pin receptacle accessory is prewired to the voltage inputs on the control. • Instantaneous voltage on a per-phase basis. Contact input/output (I/O) module option • Instantaneous frequency. The Contact I/O Module option (Figure 2) permits connection of • Energy on a per-phase basis. contact-type input devices (switches, relays) and discrete indicating • Positive, negative, and zero sequence voltages. devices (relays, LEDs, lamps) to the Form 4D control to effect • Harmonics on a per-phase basis for voltage and current. local discrete input/output. The I/O module accessory is used for supplementing normal local controls and status indicators for • Instantaneous power factor on a per-phase basis. Contact I/O functions. • Metering settings which include demand interval, and alarm The initial Contact I/O Module option contains four factory-set inputs thresholds for current, single-phase kW, three-phase kW, single- and four outputs for Contact I/O functions. Each Form 4D control phase kVAR, and three-phase kVAR. can accommodate four Contact I/O modules. Additional modules Diagnostic tools require user programming via the software. The Form 4D control comes complete with a suite of diagnostic tools to help troubleshoot problems, analyze system events and conditions, and monitor the life of your recloser. All diagnostic information is stored in non-volatile memory so even if the control loses power, all system and event information will remain intact.

Recloser wear monitor The Recloser Wear Monitor will observe the life of the recloser apparatus by recording how many times the recloser has been opened as well as keep track of the current interrupted in percentage compared to preset total Duty Cycle Factor. The monitor allows for programmable entries to preset the duty of an existing recloser.

Sequence of events recorder The Sequence of Events (SOE) Recorder is capable of capturing discrete events such as Open/Close status changes, faults, mechanism failures, etc. The SOE places an accurate time stamp and analog information on the events and stores them in non-volatile memory so they won’t be lost in the event that the control loses power. The SOE recorder is capable of maintaining up to 1000 events and can record up to 116 different event types, including overcurrent trip, control trip, non-reclose ON/OFF, external alarm, and control lockout.

Figure 2. Contact I/O module option.

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-7 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Communications The Form 4D pole mount control is equipped with two communication board accessory expansion bays offering versatile support for modern communication media. Five distinct communication options are available, providing two-way, real time digital communications with a remote terminal unit (RTU), wireless, telephone modem, Ethernet network, or other communication devices. Any combination of two communication boards can be installed. The following options are available: • RS-232 (isolated) Serial communication card • RS-485 (isolated) Serial communication card Ethernet Copper, RJ-45 • Fiber-optic-based Serial communication card with ST Connectors Ethernet Fiber, ST • 10/100 Base-T/TX Ethernet communication card with RJ-45 connector • 100 Base-FX Ethernet communication card with Ethernet Fiber, ST Connector (multi-mode) • 100 Base-FX Ethernet communication card with Ethernet Fiber, MTRJ connector (multi-mode) • 100 Base-FX Ethernet communication card with Ethernet Fiber, SC connector (multi-mode) • 100 Base-FX Ethernet communication card with Ethernet Fiber, LC connector (single-mode) The expansion bay based Communication Board Accessory concept offers high versatility with respect to communication medium and protocol support. Additional accessories are being continuously Ethernet Fiber, MTRJ Serial, RS-232 developed. Contact your Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems representative for the latest information regarding particular media and communication protocol support.

Ethernet Fiber, SC Serial, RS-485

Ethernet Fiber, LC Serial Fiber, ST (single-mode)

Figure 4. Side panel communication options.

Figure 3. Form 4D pole mount recloser control side panel communication ports.

280-104-8 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

Front panel human-machine interface (HMI) The Form 4D recloser control has a newly designed, intuitive Human-Machine Interface (HMI) (Figure 5) that is designed to minimize training costs. PHASE FAULT ALARM Display LCD module (Figure 6) A B C CONTROL OK • 4 lines-by-20 characters with backlighting option GROUND FAULT AC POWER • LCD display panel contrast is field-adjustable to allow for various SENSITIVE GND BATTERY mounting heights and applications. FREQUENCY TRIP • Designed with a new ‘cell phone’ look and operation ENTER PHASE VOLTAGE • Automatic backlight shut off after 15 minutes of inactivity VOLTAGE TRIP A B C

User interface and LED indicators ABOVE MIN TRIP ESC EDIT X Y Z The status indicator LEDs (Figures 7 and 8) provide instant notification on the control and recloser status. • A PHASE FAULT • B PHASE FAULT LOCKOUT • C PHASE FAULT OPEN DATA PORTS • GROUND FAULT CLOSED • SENSITIVE GND FAULT These LED indicators illuminate when the control issues an Figure 6. Display LCD module. overcurrent trip signal while the respective phase current or ground current exceeds the minimum pickup value. SUPER- HOT LINE GND TRIP NON VISORY • TRIP CLOSE TAG BLOCKED RECLOSE FREQUENCY TRIP: This LED illuminates to indicate the recloser OFF tripped due to an under or overfrequency condition. • VOLTAGE TRIP: This LED illuminates to indicate the recloser ALT tripped due to an under or overvoltage condition. PROFILE 1 OFF New cellphone look and feel is easy(LOCKOUT) to understand and operate

PHASE FAULT ALARM A B C CONTROL OK GROUND FAULT AC POWER Indicators show control Indicators show location and SENSITIVE GND BATTERY diagnostics and status of type of fault at a glance source and load line voltages FREQUENCY TRIP ENTER PHASE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE TRIP A B C

ABOVE MIN TRIP ESC EDIT X Y Z

Front panel USB ports allow LED indicates the status of LOCKOUT for easy connection to the recloser (Open, Closed, laptop or data dump to USB or Locked out) OPEN DATA PORTS CLOSED harddrive

SUPER- HOT LINE GND TRIP NON VISORY TRIP CLOSE TAG BLOCKED RECLOSE Large, mechanical Trip and OFF Soft-keys allow for single Close buttons are easily push activation of commonly operable in any condition ALT used control schemes PROFILE 1 OFF (LOCKOUT)

Hot Line Tag switch for easy activation of HLT. A ring of LEDs indicates when HLT is active. Figure 5. Front panel Human-Machine Interface (HMI)

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-9 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

• ABOVE MIN TRIP: This LED illuminates when the control detects These LED indicators illuminate when the control detects the that current is above the programmed minimum trip value for presence of voltage greater than the “V present” setting on the Bushings 1-2, Bushings 3-4, Bushings 5-6, Ground or Sensitive System Configuration dialog. The LED will go out if the voltage Ground. PHASE FAULT on that phase is lessA thanLARM 95% of the “V present” setting. • LOCKOUT: This LED illuminates to indicate the control is in a locked out state,A i.e.B a reclosingC sequence is not in progress. This CONTROL OK LED does not indicate that the recloser is open. PHASE FAULT ALARM • OPEN: This LEDGR OilluminatesUND FA UtoL indicateT the recloser is in the open AC POWER position. A B C CONTROL OK • CLOSED: This LED illuminates to indicate the recloser is in the BATTERY closed position.SE NTheSI LEDTIVE will G NDblinkGR whenOUND a FdelayedAULT CLOSE is AC POWER active. A Close will occur when the manual close delay timer expires. FREQUENCY TRSIPENSITIVE GND BATTERY ENTER PHASE VOLTAGE FREQUENCY TRIP VOLTAPGHEA STER FIAPULT ENTER ALARM APHASEB VOLTAGCE A B VOCLTAGE TRIP CONTROL OK A B C ABOVE MIN TRIP ESC EDIT X Y Z GROUND AFABUOLVTE MIN TRIP ESC EDIT AC POWER X Y Z SENSITIVE GND BATTERY Figure 8. Status indicator LEDs. FREQUENCY TRIP ENTER PHASE VOLTAGE VOLTAGE TRIP The DATA PORTSA sectionB C(Figure 9) on the front operating panel LOCKOUT allows for direct connection to a personal computer. LOCKOUT PHASE FAULT ALARM ABOVE MINOP TERNIP ESC EDIT X Y Z OPEN A B DCATA PORTS CONTROL OK CLOSED GROUNDDA FTAAUL TPORTS AC POWER

CLOSED SENSITIVE GND BATTERY

LOCKOUT FREQUENCY TRIP PHASE VOLTAGE Figure 9. Data ports. ENTER OPEN VOLTAGE TRIP SUPER- HOT LINE GND TRIPDATA PORNONTS A B C TAG VISORY CLOSED TRIP CLOSE BLOCKED RECLOSE • The left port is aA hostBOVE portMIN TusedRIP forOFF connectingESC to a USBED flashIT X Y Z HOT LINE memory device to upload or downloadSUPER- data and settings files GNDor toTRIP upgrade theNON firmware. All settings, metering, alarms, and VISORY Figure 7. StatusTRIP indicator LEDs. CLOSE TAG BLOCKEDevents are availableRECLOSE from this port. ALT OFF • The rightPROFILE port 1 is a client port used to communicate with the control from a personalSUPER- computer. This port is used for accessing HOT LINE GNDOFF TRIP NON (LOCKOUT) the control with LProViewOCVISORYKOUT NXG application software. All settings, TRIP CLOSE TAG BLOCKED RECLOSE metering, alarms, andOFF events are available from this port. • ALARM: This LED illuminates to indicate an alarm condition ALT OPEN DATA PORTS exists. The LED will flash for unacknowledged alarms, and will • The Data Port LEDCLO isSE illuminatedD when the USB memory stick is continuously illuminate for acknowledged alarms. PROFILEinserted 1 and properly detected. ALT • CONTROL OK: This indicator illuminates to indicate that OFFthe con- Operating panel trol passed(LOCKOUT) self-diagnostics and is capable of normal operation. PROFILE 1 OFF • AC POWER: This indicator(LOCKOUT) is illuminated when the presence of ac SUPER- input power to the control is sensed. HOT LINE GND TRIP NON TAG VISORY • TRIP CLOSE BLOCKED RECLOSE BATTERY: This LED illuminates to indicate battery voltage is low OFF or the battery failed an operator-initiated manual test. • PHASE VOLTAGE A ALT • PHASE VOLTAGE B PROFILE 1 • PHASE VOLTAGE C OFF (LOCKOUT) • PHASE VOLTAGE X Figure 10. Operating panel. • PHASE VOLTAGE Y • PHASE VOLTAGE Z • TRIP (Lockout) Pushbutton: The TRIP pushbutton provides front- panel access to trip (lockout) the recloser. When pressed, the TRIP pushbutton opens the recloser and locks out the control.

280-104-10 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

• CLOSE Pushbutton: When pressed, the CLOSE pushbutton Operation upon loss of ac power returns the control to the initial or home sequence position, closing the recloser. The control is ready for the start of a new trip/ The control is equipped with either an 8 Amp-Hour or 13 Amp-Hour close sequence. 24 Vdc lead acid battery for operation upon loss of ac power. The control maintains full operation from the battery for a period of time • HOT LINE TAG ON/OFF: Hot Line Tag is provided for live-line work dependent upon the battery size: applications. All closing operations are disabled when the Hot Line Tag feature is activated. • 8 Amp-Hour – 24 hour (approximate) maximum (20°C) Hot Line Tag prevents all closing attempts from the control • 13 Amp-Hour – 36 hour maximum (20°C) and shifts protection to one trip-to-lockout on the composite Control programming settings and parameters – including event curve of the Hot Line Tag definite time and the TCC1 curve recorder – are stored in non-volatile memory and retained upon loss (whichever is faster). Hot Line Tag takes precedence over Cold of control power. The time/date clock will continue to operate for Load Pickup, Non-Reclosing, and Fast Trips Disabled. approximately 30 days after loss of control power. Hot Line Tag is activated from either the operator panel toggle switch, local or remote communications, or configurable logic. All Accessories sources must be off to de-activate Hot Line Tag. Low-voltage closing The Hot Line Tag function may only be reset by the source which initiates it. The Low-Voltage Closing Accessory utilizes 120 or 240 Vac for closing power. Multiple low-voltage closing accessories are available One-touch function keys (Figure 11) for reclosers equipped with low voltage closing. The low-voltage GND TRIP BLOCKED closing accessories available for the Form 4D recloser control include the appropriate receptacles and wiring based upon the input The Ground Trip Blocked function blocks all ground sensing in the supply voltage. Tables 4 and 5 list the available low voltage closing PHASE FAULT control for the active profile. This AindicatorLARM is illuminated when input/output receptacles and cables for the Form 4D control. Ground Trip Block is activated from the SCADA port, the interface A B C software, or locally (via the front panel)CONTR causingOL OK the control to block Incoming power receptacles all ground sensing. The Incoming Power Receptacle allows the user to conveniently GROUND FAULT NON RECLOSE AC POWER plug the power cable into the control, eliminating the need for hardwiring to the control. Various options are available based upon SENSITIVE GND The control is operating in a non-reclosingBATTERY mode when the NON the input power voltage and phase sensing requirements. Tables 4 RECLOSE indicator is illuminated. Non-reclosing mode disables any and 5 include the available input receptacles and cables. automatic reclosing operations. Non-reclosing does not alter the FREQUENCY TRIP Cable locking sleeves activeE TCC.NTER Activation is possiblePH AfromSE V OtheLT ASCADAGE port, the interface software, or locally (via the front panel). VOLTAGE TRIP To prevent detachment of the control cable from the control cabinet SUPERVISORY OFF A B C by unauthorized personnel, a cable-locking sleeve is available to enclose the cable plug. The plug is passed through the sleeve and When the SUPERVISORY OFF red indicator is illuminated, ABOVE MIN TRIP EDIT X Y Z the sleeve is then fastened from inside the control cabinet. There ESsupervisoryC commands are blocked. Supervisory functions through is no access to the cable receptacle without opening the locked the USB data ports are not blocked. Communications through the cabinet door and detaching the sleeve. The cable locking sleeves can front panel USB port remain active independent of the status of be ordered up to a quantity of five. Refer to Table 7 for the correct the SUPERVISORY OFF switch. Activation of this function key is catalog number based on quantity. restricted to the operator panel. Operational data and metering information are available while the control is in the SUPERVISORY 120 Vac GFI duplex outlet OFF position. LOCKOUT The GFI Duplex Outlet is available for controls powered by 120 ALT PROFILE 1 Vac or 240 Vac three-wire supply power. This convenience outlet OPEN DATA PORTS The Form 4D control has two protection profiles; a normal profile, is rated for 3 Amperes and is accessible through the front door in CLOSED and Alternate Profile 1. When the operator panel display lights the control cabinet. The 120 Vac GFI Duplex Outlet can be used are active and the ALT PROFILE 1 indicator is not illuminated, the for many applications, such as power for the MET Tester, auxiliary Normal profile is active. Only one profile can be active. measurement equipment, and supplemental lighting. Refer to Table 9 for the catalog number. BCT terminal block accessory SUPER- HOT LINE GND TRIP NON Separate BCT terminal blocks provide a connection point for external VISORY TRIP CLOSE TAG BLOCKED RECLOSE 600:5 or 1200:5 multi-ratio bushing current transformers. BCT terminal OFF blocks are available for both the load or source sides and include wire for all ratios of the BCT. Refer to Table 8. Auxiliary terminal block accessory ALT PROFILE 1 An auxiliary terminal block and receptacle is available for three-stage OFF auxiliary switch wiring. Refer to Table 8. (LOCKOUT) Figure 11. One-touch function keys.

To select the alternate profile, press the ALT PROFILE 1 button. To return to the Normal profile, press the ALT PROFILE 1 button to deselect it. These functions can also be completed remotely via communications interfaces.

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-11 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Table 12. Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Controls-Accessory Cross-Reference Guide Form 5 (fixed-panel, Form 6 Form 5 above s/n (above s/n (swing-panel, 3000 or Form 6 10,000 or Accessory below s/n beginning (below s/n beginning Description Form 3A* Form 4C Form FXA Form FXB 3000) with CP57) 10,000) with CP57) Form 4D Control Cables For WE, WVE27, WVE38X, VWE, VWVE27, VWVE38X, AC NOVA 18 gauge cable, KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X 10-79 ft length 16 gauge cable, KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X 80-125 ft length 14 gauge cable, KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35MX-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X 126-200 ft length For VSA12, VSA12B, VSA16, VSA20, VSA20A, VSO12, VSO16 18 gauge cable, KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X KA1ME-X 11-20 ft length 16 gauge cable, KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X KA18ME-X 21-35 ft length 14 gauge cable, KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X KA35ME-X 36-50 ft length For DC-NOVA15A, DC-NOVA27A 16 gauge cable, KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X KA1119R6-X 11-125 ft length

Communication Support Equipment USB Cable, 6 ft KME4D-66

Receptacles and Wiring AC Input Receptacles 120 Vac power KA840ME1, 2, input accessory 4, 6, & 7 w/ 2-pin receptacle KME4-55-11 KFXA-23-1 KFXA-23-1 KME5-53-1 KME5-53-6 KME6-1775-H KME6-1775-H KME4D-1775-H w/ 3-pin receptacle KME4-55-5 KFXA-23-2 KFXA-23-2 KME5-53-7 KME6-1775-J KME6-1775-J KME4D-1775-J 240 Vac power input accessory w/ 2-pin receptacle KFXA-23-1 KFXA-23-1 KME5-53-1 KME5-53-6 KME6-1775-H KME6-1775-H KME4D-1775-H w/ 3-pin receptacle KFXA-23-1 KFXA-23-2 KME5-53-8 KME6-1775-K KME6-1775-K KME4D-1775-K Low Voltage Closing Receptacles 120 Vac low- KA840ME3 voltage closing w/ 2-pin input, 2-pin KME4-57-6 KFXA-22-1 KFXA-22-1 KME5-52-3 KME5-52-15 KME6-1775-A KME6-1775-A KME4D-1775-A outlet receptacles w/ 3-pin input, 2-pin KME4-57-3 KME5-52-16 KME6-1775-B KME6-1775-B KME4D-1775-B outlet receptacles w/ inlet hole for KME4-57-2 KME5-52-17 KME6-1775-C KME6-1775-C KME4D-1775-C hard wiring, 2-pin outlet receptacle 240 Vac low- KA840ME5 voltage closing w/ 2-pin input, 2-pin KME5-52-5 KME5-52-18 KME6-1775-D KME6-1775-D KME4D-1775-D outlet receptacles w/ 3-pin input, 2-pin KME5-52-20 KME6-1775-E KME6-1775-E KME4D-1775-E outlet receptacles for 2 wire w/ inlet KME5-52-19 KME6-1775-F KME6-1775-F KME4D-1775-F hole, 2-pin outlet receptacle for 3 wire w/ inlet KME5-52-21 KME6-1775-G KME6-1775-G KME4D-1775-G hole, 2-pin outlet receptacle

280-104-12 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

Table 12. Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Controls-Accessory Cross-Reference Guide (continued) Form 5 (fixed-panel, Form 6 Form 5 above s/n (above s/n (swing-panel, 3000 or Form 6 10,000 or Accessory below s/n beginning (below s/n beginning Description Form 3A* Form 4C Form FXA Form FXB 3000) with CP57) 10,000) with CP57) Form 4D Input and Low Voltage Cables AC Input Cables 120 Vac input cable accessory X ft cable, plug for KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X 2-pin receptacle (10 to 80 ft) X ft cable, plug for KME4-67-1-X KME4-67-1-X KA13ME1-X KME4-67-3-X KME4-67-3-X KME4-67-3-X 3-pin receptacle (10 to 80 ft) 240 Vac input cable accessory X ft cable, plug for KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X KA11ME1-X 2-pin receptacle (10 to 80 ft) X ft cable, plug for KME4-67-1-X KA13ME1-X KME4-67-2-X KME4-67-2-X KME4-67-2-X 3-pin receptacle (10 to 80 ft) Low Voltage Closing Cables Low-voltage closing KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X KA13ME1-X cable, 120/240 Vac, 2 wire, X ft (10 to 80 ft) Internal Voltage Sensing Internal voltage KA97ME-X KA97ME-X sensing cable, 4-wire, for use with front panel with internal voltage sensing, X ft (5 to 35 ft) IVS Input KME4D-3799-A Receptacle, 4-pin

Cable-locking sleeves For control cable, KA614ME1 KME4-56-A KFXA-24-# KFXA-24-# KME5-54-A KME5-54-A KME6-1772-# KME6-1772-# KME4D-1772-# qty # (max 5)

Terminal Blocks BCT shorting-type KA1170ME1 KME4-83-1 KME5-61-1 KME5-61-4 KME6-1773-A KME6-1773-A KME4D-1773-A for bushing 2, 4, 6 BCT shorting-type KA1170ME2 KME4-83-2 KME5-61-2 KME5-61-5 KME6-1773-B KME6-1773-B KME4D-1773-B for bushing 1, 3, 5 Terminal block KME4-81-1 KME5-62-1 KME5-62-2 KME6-1801-1 KME6-1801-1 KME4D-1801-11 and receptacle for wiring 3-stage aux switch KA542R3

Convenience Outlet Fused 120 Vac, KME5-51-1 KME5-51-4 KME6-1776-A KME6-1776 KME4D-1776 3-wire polarized GFI convenience outlet

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-13 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Miscellaneous Accessories 120 Vac battery KME4-85-1 KME4-85-1 KME5-60-1 KME5-60-1 KME5-60-1 KME5-60-1 charger for spare batteries *Form 3A is an analog control, and as such has a myriad accessories that perform functions made standard in the newer digital controls. These accessories are not listed here. For further clarification, consult an Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems representative.

280-104-14 www.cooperpower.com Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Technical Data 280-104 Effective April 2014

www.cooperpower.com 280-104-15 Technical Data 280-104 Form 4D microprocessor-based recloser control and accessories Effective April 2014

Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 Eaton, Cooper Power Systems, NOVA, and United States ProView NXG are valuable trademarks of Eaton.com Eaton in the U.S. and other countries. You are not permitted to use the these trademarks Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business without the prior written consent of Eaton. 2300 Badger Drive IEEE Std C57.12.28™-2005 and Std Waukesha, WI 53188 C57.12.29™-2005 standards are trademarks United States of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Cooperpower.com Engineers, Inc., (IEEE). This publication is not For Eaton’s Cooper Power endorsed or approved by the IEEE. © 2014 Eaton IEEE® is a registered trademark of the Systems Form 4D recloser All Rights Reserved Institute of Electrical and Electronics product information call Printed in USA Engineers, Inc. Publication No. 280-104 ANSI® is a registered trademark of American 1-877-277-4636 or visit: www. April 2014 National Standards Institute. cooperpower.com.

280-104-16 Eaton 1000 Eaton Boulevard Cleveland, OH 44122 United States Eaton com.

Eaton’s Cooper Power Systems Business 2300 Badger Drive Eaton and Cooper Power Systems are valuable Waukesha, WI 53186 trademarks of Eaton in the U .S . and other United States countries . You are not permitted to use these CooperPower .com trademarks without the prior written consent of Eaton . © 2014 Eaton All Rights Reserved All other trademarks are property Printed in USA of their respective owners .

Reclosers and Controls Reclosers and Controls Catalog Information Reclosers and Controls Catalog Technical Data Effective August 2014 ﻿

Reclosers and Controls Reclosers and Controls Catalog Information Reclosers and Controls Catalog Technical Data Effective August 2014